700 ser ies files & storage price list · 2018. 10. 10. · 700 ser ies® files & storage...
TRANSCRIPT
700 Ser ies ® F i les & Storage Pr ice L i s t
January 3, 2011 Updated February 15, 2017
800-424-2432
1
ContentsRefer to KI Terms & Conditions document or visit ki.com.
Ordering C.O.M., C.O.L., and C.O.V.
Shipping Location 2 700 Series® Lateral Files and Storage
General Information 4
700 Series® Curve Lateral Files and Storage 6
700 Series® OF Lateral Files/Storage Cabinets 8 Preconfi gured Lateral Files
700 Series® Drawer Units 12 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units 20 700 Series® Receding Door Units 26 700 Series® End Tab Shelving Units 30 700 Series® Credenza Files 34 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts 36 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Fronts 38 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Fronts 40 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front 42 Preconfi gured Multimedia Storage
700 Series® Cupboard/Lateral 44 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral 46 700 Series® Bookcase/File 54 700 Series® Curve Bookcase/Lateral File 58 700 Series® Wardrobe Cabinets 62 Preconfi gured Locker Units
700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard 64 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard 72 Preconfi gured Storage
700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets 88 700 Series® Curve Multimedia Storage Cabinets 100 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts 102 700 Series® OF Flush Top Veneer Fronts 104 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Fronts 106 700 Series® Overfile Cabinets 108
Lateral File Accessories 112
Computer Media Accessories 118
Cupboard Accessories 122 700 Series® Custom-Built Lateral Files
General Information 126 Custom-Built Lateral Files
700 Series® Shells 130 700 Series® Drawers 146 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves 152 700 Series® Shelves 156 Accessories 160 Custom-Built Laminate Tops
700 Series® Lateral Files 170 700 Series® OF Storage Cabinet 172 700 Series® Bookcases
General Information 174
700 Series® Curve Bookcases 176
Bookcases 700 Series® 12" Deep 178 700 Series® Curve 12" Deep 180 700 Series® 15" Deep 184 700 Series® Curve 15" Deep 188
Bookcase Accessories 192
Bookcase Laminate Tops 194
700 Series® Pedestals
General Information 196
700 Series® Curve Pedestals 198
700 Series® OF Pedestals 200 Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding
700 Series® 204 700 Series® Curve 208 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Front 212 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Front 214 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Front 216 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front 218
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series® 220 700 Series® Curve 222 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Front 224 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Front 226 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Front 228 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front 230 Pedestals - Worksurface Supporting
700 Series® 232 700 Series® Curve 234
Pedestal Accessories 236
Pedestal Laminate Tops 242 700 Series® Vertical Files
General Information 244
Vertical Files 700 Series® Letter Size Documents 246 700 Series® Legal Size Documents 248
Vertical File Accessories 250
Index 252
2
Ordering C.O.M., C.O.L., and C.O.V. Shipping Location
C.O.M. SHIPPING LOCATION
KI Manufacturing Sites - Customer’s Own Material Shipment Manufacturing Site Addresses
Architectural Walls Genius Walls ..........................................MN
Casegoods Dante Benches ....................................... AG Darwin Tackboards ................................MN Aristotle Tackboards ...............................MN
Classroom Furniture 360° Classroom Furniture ...................... BW Dorsal 1090 Chairs ................................. GB Intellect Wave Chairs ............................... GB Learn2 .................................................... GB
Desking 700 Series Desking ................................... KP Balance Overheads ................................MN Genesis Desking .....................................MN True Desking ............................................ KP Universal Overheads ..............................MN WorkZone Desking ................................MN
Files & Storage 700 Series Pedestal Cushion .................... GB Connection Zone Pads ........................... BW U-Series Pedestal Cushion ....................... GB
Fixed Seating Concerto Auditorium Seating ................. BW Single Pedestal Seating ............................. GB Jury Base Seating ..................................... GB Hi5 ......................................................... GB Lancaster Auditorium Seating .................. BW Sequence Seating .................................... GB University Seating .................................... GB
Panel Systems All Terrain ................................................. KP Balance Overheads ................................MN
System 3000 ..........................................MN Universal Overheads ..............................MN Wireworks .............................................MN Unite .....................................................MN
Residence Hall Furniture RoomScape Furniture .............................MN
Screens All Terrain ................................................. KP Connection Zone .................................. BW True/Volition............................................. KP Genesis .................................................... KP
Seating 100 Series Folding Chairs ....................... BW 300 Series Folding Chairs ....................... BW 600 Series Stools.................................... BW 700 Series Folding Chairs ....................... BW 1000 Series ............................................. GB 1100 Series Folding Chairs ..................... BW Aerdyn Guest Seating ............................. HN Affina Collection ..................................... HN Arissa Lounge ......................................... HN Altus Task Chairs .....................................TM Apply Stack Chairs ................................... GB Auditorium Folding Chairs ...................... BW Avail Task Chairs .....................................OM Bantam Guest Seating ............................ HN Boss Design Chairs................................. HN Cinturon Lounge & Professional Seating .. HN Cody Lounge Seating ............................. HN Connection Zone Privacy Booths ........... HN Doni Collection ....................................... GB Dorsal Stack & Tandem Seating ................ GB Engage Task Chairs & Stools .................... GB Front Row Seats (Silk Screening) ............. BW GateOne Public Seating .......................... BW Grazie Seating ......................................... GB
Hub Modular Lounge Seating ................. HN Impress Task Chairs ................................OM Impress Ultra Task Chairs .......................OM Jessa Lounge Seating............................... HN Jubi Guest Chair ...................................... GB Kismet Task/Guest Chairs & Stools ..........OM Kurv Benches ......................................... HN LaResta Day Beds................................... HN Lyra Lounge Seating ............................... HN Maestro Stack Chairs ............................... GB Matrix Stack Chairs .................................. GB Medical & Laboratory Stools ...................OM Mesa Lounge & Task Seating ................... HN MyWay Seating ...................................... HN Neena Benches ..................................... HN Opt4....................................................... GB Perry Stack Chairs ................................... GB Perth Multiple & Healthcare Seating ........ HN Perth II Healthcare Seating ...................... HN Pilot Task Chairs .....................................OM Piretti Stack Chairs ................................... GB Promenade Seating System .................... BW Rapture Stack Chairs & Stools .................. GB Ruckus .................................................... GB Rose Healthcare ..................................... BW Sela Lounge Seating ................................ HN Sift Task Chairs ........................................TM Silhouette Stack Chairs & Stools .............. BW Soltice Metal Collection .......................... HN Soltice Multiple, Healthcare & Guest ....... HN Soltice II Healthcare Seating .................... HN Strive Multiple, Stack & Task ..................... GB Sway ...................................................... BW Tea Cup Lounge Seating ......................... HN Torsion-on-the-Go! Nesting Chairs ......... GB Torsion Air Stack and Task Seating ............ GB Torsion Stack and Task Seating ................. GB Versa Stack Chairs & Stools...................... GB
© 2017 Krueger International Inc. All Rights reserved. Code KI-51332R10/KI/PDF/217
BWKI BonduelAttn: COM Storage204 West South St.Bonduel, WI 54107
KPKI PembrokeAttn: COM Storage1000 Olympic Dr.Pembroke, Ontario K8A6X7
AGContact KI at1-800-424-2432
GBKI Green BayAttn: COM Storage1687 Westminster Drive - Gate 3Green Bay, WI 54302
HNKI-HNAttn: COM Storage217 Feld AvenueHigh Point, NC 27263
MNKI ManitowocAttn: COM Storage1400 S. 41st St.Manitowoc, WI 54220
TMKI Tupelo2112 South Green St.Tupelo, MS 38804
OMKIAttn: COM Storage1110 S. Mildred Ave.Ontario, CA 91761
3
Ordering C.O.M., C.O.L., and C.O.V. Shipping Location
4
700 Series® Lateral Files and Storage General Information
˚110
AccessoriesPlate dividers, 18-gauge steel, notched to lock intoshelf. Folder bars, 30" & 36" (14-gauge steel); 42" (12-gauge steel), offset to maximize strength.
Suspended binder frames are constructed of14- to 18-gauge steel. Screw-mounted to cabinet.Can be used behind 131/2"and 15" receding doorsand hinged storage cabinet doors.
Adjustable GlidesLateral files and storage cabinets are supplied withfour adjustable glides. The glides can be adjustedfrom inside the cabinet using a 1/4" hex socketwrench, or from outside the cabinet using a 7/8"wrench. Standard glides provide 3/4" adjustment;longer glides are also available. Overall cabinetheights include the glide in its recessed position.
InterlockAll cabinets are equipped with an interlock safetymechanism. This mechanism reduces the possibilityof cabinet tipover by permitting only one drawer tobe opened at a time. With some uniquecombinations an individual drawer may not becontrolled by the interlock. In these instances acaution label will be affixed to the drawer body.
LocksLocks are standard on all units. The lock is ahigh-security double-bit type. The double-bit lockoffers superior security when compared to asingle-bit lock. Units are standard with random keysin a range of 994 different numbers. Specific keyingcombinations are available at no additional charge.This information must be included with the order.Locks can be master keyed. Please see theaccessories section of this price book for orderinformation on master keys, extractor (core-removal)keys, key blanks, cut keys, and core and key sets.
All locks have removable and interchangeableplugs. This feature provides for onsite customkeying. Units can be supplied with the lock plugsinstalled or shipped separately. To install or removelock plugs a unique key is required. This key is theextractor (core removal) key and can be found in theaccessories section of this price book. ContactCustomer Service to order lock accessories. Toorder plugs for field installation, specify "lock plugsnot installed" on order. Order must specify totalquantity of specific key-numbered locks.
Example: 30 plugs:3 keyed alike10 keyed alike17 keyed alike
Commercial PackThis is the standard pack that KI offerson all files and storage products. Thisconsists of a plastic poly bag placedover the unit, corrugated top andbottom cap, corner blocking and stretchwrap to keep the packaging intact.
Standard Paint FinishesAll KI products are iron phosphate treated prior to painting. This process
Model Numbering SystemEach character in the basic model number corresponds to a specific unit feature.How to Build a Model NumberExample: Preconfigured 700 Series Lateral Files & Multimedia Storage
S7L 36 480 4D BL CBW50 334FBK
GENERAL INFORMATION
KI 700 Series lateral files are designed on a 11/2"module to provide an unparalleled degree of internalflexibility. Interior components are available 3", 6",71/2", 9", 101/2", 12", 131/2" and 15" high. Thesecomponents are designed to efficiently accom-modate virtually any filing and storage requirement.
To assure KI files are compatible with panelsystems, desks or custom architectural details,cabinets are available in 18 different heights.
Preconfigured UnitsTo simplify the specification process, KI offerspreconfigured files and storage cabinets in themost popular sizes with the most popular internalcomponents. These units are assembled usingstandard components. Lateral files and storagecabinets can be field-retrofitted and updated byspecifying componentry from the Custom-Builtsection of this price list. This does not includecurrent series units.
HeightLateral files and storage cabinets are availablein 40 standard heights. Heights include 1/8"allowance for leveling glides fully recessed.
DepthAll lateral files and storage cabinets are 18" deep.
WidthLateral files and storage cabinets are available inthree standard widths: 30", 36" and 42".
Drawer DimensionsRefer to the illustrations for the range ofdrawer sizes and the height clearance of each.
CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD FEATURESBasic Shell Shell common to lateral file and storage cabinetunits. Uprights punched to accept interiorcomponents on 11/2" centers. Uprights and top and bottom reinforcements are welded into rigid“boxframe.” Constructed of 18- and 20-gauge steel.
Seamless back and top with reinforced corners.Illustrated shell heights include 1/8" for
adjustable glide in recessed position.
Doors/DrawersDrawer fronts, 20-gauge steel with full-width
exterior pulls and no label holder. Fronts are screw-mounted to roll-out shelves to build drawers. Roll-out shelf body, 22-gauge steel slotted on11/2" centers to accept dividers. Leading edgeformed to provide pull; center section offset foradditional strength. Shelf ends, 19-gauge steel,notched to accept hanging folder bars. Eachroll-out shelf equipped with two heavy-duty,three-section, ball-bearing suspensions.
Components have been tested to accept loadsof 125 lbs. This exceeds ANSI/BIFMA X5.9-2004standards for lateral files when recommendedcounterbalance weight is installed.
Hinged door, 20-gauge steel, double-wallconstruction. Door swing is limited to to prevent contact with adjacent cabinet and fullheight vertical flush inset pull.
ShelvesBlank shelf, 22-gauge steel, formed /8" thick on frontand back edges. End Tab Shelf, 22-gauge steel shelfand back, 18-gauge sides. Shelf offset along widthto increase strength. Slotted on 1" increments toaccept plate dividers
.
Preconfigured lateral files meet or exceedANSI/BIFMA X5.9-2004 standards.
Receding Door20-gauge steel with full-width flush inset pull andlabel holder. Equipped with sound absorber. Doorshave guiding mechanism fitted with nylon glides to prevent metal-to-metal contact and ensure effortlessoperation. The diagrams on the following pageidentify various shelf and drawer combinations andrelated height clearances behind a receding door.The diagrams show typical use. Additional interioroptions can be installed behind a receding door.Note: Dimensions have been taken from the front raised edge of the roll-out shelf
.
S7L Product name 700 Series Lateral File36 Width 36" wide480 Interior height (nominal) 48" high4D Type of unit 4 high, 4 drawerBL Color code BlackCBW50 Optional 50# Counterbalance weight334FBK Optional Front-to-back filing barsEach internal component has a corresponding character:D Drawer with side-to-side folder barsR Receding door, rollout shelf with side-to-side folder barsE End tab shelf with plate dividersHD Hinged door cabinet with blank shelvesHX Hinged door cupboard without shelvesOVHD Overfile storage cabinetThe 334 model number for accessories indicates the item may be used in all cabinet widths.NOTE: The unit must SPECIFY optional CBW and accessories as INSTALLED or they will beshipped separately.
enhances top coat bonding. Powder coat application is a highbred epoxy. The paint is baked onto provide a scratch and stain resistantsurface.
All inside and outside shell and front surfaces are painted with thesame specified paint color. Interiorcomponents and accessories arepainted a black finish. Mechanicalcomponents are black plated.
Powder coated/enamel finishcolors shown in Color Addendums arestandard and are available wherespecifications call for painted surfaces.
Special Paint FinishesAll special colors, including othermanufacturers’ standard finishes,are available subject to thefollowing conditions.1. Two steel color chips (minimum
2.5" x 3.5") are requested for colormatching purposes. Paper samplesare acceptable, however, a reason-able tolerance must be allowedwhen comparing the two variations.
2. All solid, single-pass nonstandard colors are available at no upcharge, but may be subject to extended lead-times. Colors that are deemed to bemetallic, hi-chromatic, textured orrequire multiple passes, are subject to upcharges. Orders will not be
INSTALLATIONCaution LabelsCaution- and safety-related informationis contained on a peel-off label affixedto the front of the cabinet. This label isto be removed by the customer.Caution: Information is also perman-ently affixed to the left side of the topdrawer. Both labels contain importantinstallation and loading information.
Installation InformationComplete instructions on the proper installation and use of KI files areprovided in each file shipped. Theinstructions refer to correct methodsof leveling, ganging and loading.Counterbalance weights should beinstalled in all single freestanding files.
Field ReconfigurationAs needs change, KI lateral files and storage cabinets can readily be field-changed; however, this process shouldbe undertaken by a qualifiedservice technician.
flush inset pull and label holder or flat front with
processed until a color match is approve. Written confirmation mustaccompany the order.
7
5
700 Series® Lateral Files and Storage General Information
Inside Drawer and Shelf Dimensions* 30W x 18D Cabinet 36W x 18D Cabinet 42W x 18D Cabinet
W
* Dimensions have been taken from the front raised edge of rollout shelf. The inside clear dimension wide approximately 1/2" greater.
Hanging File Configurations 30W Cabinet 36W Cabinet 42W Cabinet
Letter
Filing CapacityLFI
26.7" 32.7" 38.5"
Filing CapacityLFI
30.5" 30.5" 45.75"
Filing CapacityLFI
26.7" 32.7" 38.6"
Filing CapacityLFI
26.5" 30.5" 37.87"
side-to-side 30FBA 36FBA 42FBA
front-to-back
Legal side-to-side 30FBA 36FBA 42FBA
front-to-back
w(1)334FBK
Inside Clear Dimensions of Shelf and Drawer Options
101/2" Drawer
12" Single Rollout Shelf
Blank Shelf
Slotted Shelf
12" Drawer
131/2" Rollout Shelf
131/2" Drawer
End Tab Filing Shelf
Cupboard
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
281/2"
D W
157/8"
157/8"
163/16"
151/2"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
153/4"
17"
157/8"
157/8"
163/16"
151/2"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
153/4"
17"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
341/2"
D W
157/8"
157/8"
163/16"
151/2"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
153/4"
17"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
401/2"
D
30FBAw(2)334FBK
36FBAw(2)334FBK
36FBAw(2)334FBK
42FBAw(3)334FBK
42FBAw(2)334FBK
12" Rollout ShelfBehind Receding Door
End Tab ShelfBehind Receding Door
Tie Bar ShelfBelow Receding Door Drawer
3"
6"
71/2"
9"
101/2"
12"
131/2"
15"
Blank/Slotted ShelfBehind Receding Door
1117/32"
107/16"
133/8"
123/4"
131/32"
149/32"
111/2"
101/4"
825/32"
71/4"
523/32"
29/16"
121/32"
109/16"
6
700 Series® Curve Lateral Files and Storage General Information
GENERAL INFORMATION
KI CURVE lateral files are designed on a 11/2"module to provide an unparalleled degree of internal flexibility . Interior components are avail-able in 3", 6", 71/2", 9", 101/2", 12", 131/2" and 15"high. Clean stylish looks, flexible aesthetics anddurability allow Curve to work in private offices and open plan environments. With a gentle curvedframe and contoured drawer pulls Curve creates a timeless design element. Flexible aesthetic and flexible format. Curve allows you to design from the inside out, fitting the media to the appropriate lateral, pedestal, cupboard, bookcase and combination File/Locker unit. Heavy-gauge steel construction and welded internal box frame provide structural integrity. Multi-extension suspensions provide smooth operation. KI’s unique patented interlock/anti-tilt mechanism, with automatic restaging, prevents the opening of more than one drawer at a time. Curve enhances security with its key possibilities.
Preconfigured UnitsTo simplify the specification process, KI offerspreconfigured files and storage cabinets in the most popular sizes with the most popular internalcomponents. These units are assembled usingstandard components.
HeightLateral files and storage cabinets are available in 14 standard heights. Heights include 1/8" allowance for leveling glides fully recessed.
DepthLateral files and storage cabinets are 18" deep. Curve combination locker/file units are available in both 18" and 24" depths.
WidthLateral files and storage cabinets are available inthree standard widths: 30", 36" and 42".
Drawer DimensionsRefer to the illustrations for the range ofdrawer sizes and the height clearance of each.
CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD FEATURESBasic ShellShell common to lateral file and storage cabinet units. Uprights punched to accept interior components on 11/2" centers. Uprights and top and bottom reinforcements are welded to create a rigid box frame. Constructed of 18-and 20-gauge steel. Seamless back and top. Illustrated shell heights include 1/8" foradjustable glide in recessed position.
Doors/DrawersDrawer fronts, 20-gauge steel with full-widthcontoured curved pull. Fronts are screw-mounted to roll-out shelves to build drawers. Roll-out shelf body, 20-gauge steel slotted on 11/2" centers to accept dividers. Shelf ends, 18-gauge steel, notched to accept hanging folder bars. Each roll-out shelf equipped with two heavy-duty, three-section, ball-bearing suspensions. Components have been tested to accept loads of 125 lbs. exceeding ANSI/BIFMA X5.9-2004 standards for lateral files. Hinged door, 20-gauge steel, double-wallconstruction. Door swing is limited to 95˚to prevent contact with adjacent cabinet.
ShelvesBlank shelf, 22-gauge steel, formed 1" thick on front and back edges. End Tab Shelf, 22-gauge steel shelf and back, 20-gauge sides. Shelf offset along width to increase strength. Slotted on 1" increments to accept plate dividers.
Preconfigured lateral files meet or exceed ANSI/BIFMA X5.9-2004 standards when recommended counterbalance weight is installed.
Receding Door20-gauge steel with steel full-width contoured curve pull. Equipped with sound absorber. Doors have guiding mechanism fitted with nylon glides to prevent metal-to-metal contact and ensure effortless operation.
The diagrams on the following page identify various shelf and drawer combinations and related height clearances behind a receding door. The diagrams illustrate typical use. Additional interior options can be installed behind a receding door. Note: Dimensions have been taken from the frontraised edge of the roll-out shelf.
AccessoriesPlate dividers, 18-gauge steel, notched to lock into shelf.Folder bars, 30" & 36" (14-gauge steel); 42" (12-gauge steel), offset to maximize strength. Suspended binder frames are constructed of 14- to 18-gauge steel. Screw-mounted to cabinetuprights. Fit in multi-media cabinets and behindreceding doors.
Adjustable GlidesLateral files and storage cabinets are supplied withfour adjustable glides. The glides can be adjusted from inside the cabinet using a 1/4", hex socketwrench, or from outside the cabinet using a 7/8" wrench. Standard glides provide 3/4" adjustment;longer glides are also available. Overall cabinetheights include the glide in its recessed position.
InterlockAll cabinets are equipped with an interlock safetymechanism. This mechanism reduces the possibilityof cabinet tipover by permitting only one drawer to be opened at a time. With some unique combinations an individual drawer may not be controlled by the interlock. In these instances a caution label will be affixed to the drawer body.
LocksLocks are standard on all units. The lock is a high-security double-bit type. The double-bit lock offers superior security when compared to a single-bit lock. Units are standard with random keys in a range of 994 different numbers. Specific keying combinations are available at no additional charge. This information must be included with the order. Locks can be master keyed. Please see the accessories section of this price book for order information on master keys, extractor (core-removal) keys, key blanks, cut keys, and core and key sets. All locks have removable and interchangeable plugs. This feature provides for onsite custom keying. Units can be supplied with the lock plugs installed or shipped separately. To install or remove lock plugs a unique key is required. This key is the extractor (coreremoval) key and can be found in the accessories section of this price book. Contact Customer Serviceto order lock accessories. To order plugs for fieldinstallation, specify "lock plugs not installed" on order. Order must specify total quantity of specific key-numbered locks.
Example: 30 plugs: 3 keyed alike 10 keyed alike 17 keyed alike
Commercial Pack This is the standard pack that KI offers on all files and storage products. This consists of aplastic poly bag placed over the unit, corrugated top and bottom cap, corner blockingand stretch wrap to keep the packaging intact.
Standard Paint Finishes All KI products are iron phosphate treated prior to painting. This process enhances top coat bonding. The wet coat application is eitheralkyd or acrylic paint finish. The powder coatapplication is a highbred epoxy. The paint isbaked on to provide a scratch and stainresitant surface. All inside and outside shell and front surfaces are painted with the same specified paint color. Interior components and accessoriesare painted a black finish. Mechanical components are black plated. Powder coated/enamel finish colors shown in Color Addendums are standard and areavailable where specifications call for painted surfaces.
Special Paint FinishesAll special colors, including other manufacturers’standard enamel finishes, are available subjectto the following conditions.1.Two steel color chips (minimum 2.5" x 3.5") are requested for color matching purposes. Paper samples are acceptable, however, a reasonable tolerance must be allowed when comparing the two variations.2. All solid, single-pass nonstandard colors
subject to extended leadtimes. Colors that are deemed to be metallic, hi-chromatic, textured or require multiple passed, are subject to upcharges. Orders will not be processed until a color match is approved.
INSTALLATIONCaution LabelsCaution- and safety-related information is contained on a peel-off label affixed to the front of the cabinet. This label is to be removed by the customer.
Caution: Information is also permanently affixed to the left side of the top drawer.
Both labels contain important installation and loading information.
Installation InformationComplete instructions on the proper installation and use of KI files are provided in each file shipped. The instructions refer to correct methods of leveling, ganging and loading. Counterbalance weights should be installed in all single freestanding files.
Field ReconfigurationAs needs change, KI lateral files and storagecabinets can readily be field-changed; however, this process should be undertaken by a qualified service technician.
Model Numbering SystemEach character in the basic model number corresponds to a specific unit feature.How to Build a Model NumberExample: Preconfigured 700 Series Curve Lateral Files & Multimedia Storage
S7CL Product name 700 Series Curve Lateral File36 Width 36" wide480 Interior height (nominal) 48" high4D Type of unit 4 high, 4 drawerBL Color code BlackCBW50 Optional 50# Counterbalance weight334FBK Optional Front-to-back filing barsEach internal component has a corresponding character:D Drawer with side-to-side folder barsR Receding door, rollout shelf with side-to-side folder barsE End tab shelf with plate dividersHD Hinged door cabinet with blank shelvesHX Hinged door cupboard without shelves
OVHD
Overfile storage cabinetThe 334 model number for accessories indicates the item may be used in all cabinet widths.NOTE: The unit must SPECIFY optional CBW and accessories as INSTALLED or they will beshipped separately.
S7CL 36 480 4D BL CBW50 334FBK
are available at no upcharge, but may be
Written confirmation must accompany theorder.
7
700 Series® Curve Lateral Files and Storage General Information
Inside Clear Dimensions of Shelf and Drawer Options
Inside Drawer and Shelf Dimensions* 30W x 18D Cabinet 36W x 18D Cabinet 42W x 18D Cabinet
W
* Dimensions have been taken from the front raised edge of rollout shelf. The inside clear dimension wide approximately 1/2" greater.
101/2" Drawer
12" Single Rollout Shelf
Blank Shelf
12"End Tab Filing Shelf
Slotted Shelf
12" Drawer
131/2" Rollout Shelf
131/2" Drawer
15"End Tab Filing Shelf
Cupboard
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
281/2"
D W
157/8"
157/8"
163/16"
153/4"
151/2"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
153/4"
17"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
341/2"
D W
157/8"
157/8"
163/16"
153/4"
151/2"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
153/4"
17"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
401/2"
D
30FBAw(2)334FBK
36FBAw(2)334FBK
36FBAw(2)334FBK
42FBAw(3)334FBK
42FBAw(2)334FBK
Hanging File Configurations 30W Cabinet 36W Cabinet 42W Cabinet
Letter side-to-side
front-to-back
Legal side-to-side
front-to-back
30FBA
30FBA
36FBA
36FBA
42FBA
42FBA
12" Rollout ShelfBehind Receding Door
Blank/Slotted ShelfBehind Receding Door
End Tab ShelfBehind Receding Door
Tie Bar ShelfBelow Receding Door Drawer
3"
6"
71/2"
9"
101/2"
12"
131/2"
15"
157/8"
157/8"
163/16"
153/4"
151/2"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
153/4"
17"
109/16"
121/32" 121/4"
133/8"
101/4"
123/4" 131/32"
111/2"
8
700 Series® OF Lateral Files/Storage Cabinets General Information
GENERAL INFORMATIONKI 700 Series OF lateral files are designed onthe same 11/2" upright module as standard 700 Series products. Only 101/2" and 12" drawer fronts are illustrated. Other drawer front options, including 6", 71/2", 9", 131/2" and 15" heights are available on a special order basis. Please contact KI Customer Service for details and pricing. Only four cabinet heights are illustrated. A total of 40 cabinet heights are available to suit virtually any height requirement. Additional cabinet heights are available on a special order basis. Please contact KI Customer Service for details and pricing.
HeightLateral files and storage cabinets are availablein four standard heights. Heights include 7/8" allowance for leveling glides fully recessed.
DepthAll lateral files and storage cabinets are 187/8"deep. This dimension includes the allowancefor drawer front thickness. Standard KI laminate and wood fronts plusthe gap between the cabinet and the frontequals 7/8". Cabinets with fronts are 187/8" deep.
WidthLateral files and storage cabinets are availablein three standard widths: 30", 36" and 42".
Drawer DimensionsRefer to the illustrations for the range of drawer sizes and the height clearance of each.
CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARDFEATURES
Basic ShellShell common to lateral file and storagecabinet units. Uprights punched to acceptinterior components on 11/2" centers. Uprightsand top and bottom reinforcements are weldedinto rigid “boxframe.” Constructed of 18- and20-gauge steel. Seamless back and top withreinforced corners. Illustrated shell heights include 1/8" foradjustable glide in recessed position.
Drawer BodiesRollout drawer body, 20-gauge steel slotted on 1" or 11/2" centers to accept dividers. Leading edge and center section offset to provide additional strength. Drawer body ends, 18-gauge steel notched to accept hanging folder bars. Each drawer body is equipped with two heavy-duty, three section steel-ball bearing suspension arms.Components have been tested to accept loads of 125 lbs. This exceeds ANSI/BIFMA X5.9-2004 standards for lateral files when recommended counterbalance weights are installed. Fronts: When specified without fronts,drawers come standard with hardware to mountfronts to drawer bodies. Mounting hardwarecan be specified for delivery prior to productdelivery. Contact Customer Service for details.When specified with fronts, fronts areparticleboard core with either wood veneer orplastic laminate finish. Fronts are nominally 3/4" thick. Front Specifications: To assist in themanufacturing of custom fronts, refer to specification section. This section provides illustrations detailing recommendeddimensions and hole locations.
ShelvesBlank shelf, 22-gauge steel, formed 1" thick onfront and back edges. End Tab Shelf, 22-gaugesteel shelf and back, 20-gauge sides. Shelf offset along width to increase strength. Slottedon 1" increments to accept plate dividers.
Lateral files meet or exceedANSI/BIFMA X5.9-2004 standards.
AccessoriesPlate dividers, 18-gauge steel, notched to lockinto shelf. They are not designed to be installed in 101/2" drawers. Folder bars, 14-gauge steel, offset tomaximize strength.
Adjustable GlidesLateral files and storage cabinets are suppliedwith four adjustable glides. The glides can beadjusted from inside the cabinet using a 1/4" hexsocket wrench, or from outside the cabinetusing a 7/8" wrench. Standard glides provide 3/4" adjustment; longer glides are also available.Overall cabinet heights include 1/8" allowancefor the glide in its recessed position.
LocksLocks are standard on all units. The lock is ahigh-security double-bit type. The double-bitlock offers superior security when compared to a single-bit lock. Units are standard withrandom keys in a range of 994 differentnumbers. Specific keying combinations areavailable at no additional charge. Thisinformation must be included with the order.Locks can be master keyed. Please see the accessories section of this price book for orderinformation on master keys, extractor (core-removal) keys, key blanks, cut keys, and coreand key sets. All locks have removable andinterchangeable plugs. This feature providesfor onsite custom keying. Units can besupplied with the lock plugs installed orshipped separately. To install or remove lockplugs a unique key is required. This key is theextractor (core removal) key and can be foundin the accessories section of this price book.Contact Customer Service to order lockaccessories. To order plugs for fieldinstallation, specify "lock plugs not installed"on order. Order must specify total quantity ofspecific key-numbered locks.
Example: 30 plugs: 3 keyed alike 10 keyed alike 17 keyed alike
Commercial Pack This is the standard pack that KI offers on all files and storage products. This consists of a plastic poly bag placed over the unit, corrugated top and bottom cap, corner blocking and stretch wrap to keep the packaging intact.
Standard Paint FinishesAll KI products are iron phosphate treated prior to painting. This process enhances top coat bonding. The wet coat application is either alkyd or acrylic paint finish. The powder coat application is a highbred epoxy. The paint is baked on to provide a scratch and stain resistant surface. All inside and outside shell and front surfaces are painted with the same specified paint color. Interior components and accessories are painted a black finish. Mechanical components are black plated. Powder coated/enamel finish colors shown in Color Addendums are standard and are available where specifications call for painted surfaces.
Model Numbering SystemEach character in the basic model number corresponds to a specific unit feature.How to Build a Model NumberExample: 700 Series Optional Front Lateral Files – Extended Top
S7LE302402DL1BLLGECBW50334FBK
Product nameWidthInterior height (nominal)Type of unitDrawer front styleColor codeLaminate finishOptionalOptional
700 Series Lateral File, Extended Top30" wide24" high2 high, 2 drawerLaminate, center pullBlackGrey laminate50# Counterbalance weightFront-to-back filing bars
Each internal component has a corresponding character:S7LEL1D
Lateral extended topLaminate, center pullDrawer with side-to-side folder bars
The 334 model number for accessories indicates the item may be used in all cabinet widths.NOTE: The unit must SPECIFY optional CBW and accessories as INSTALLED or they will beshipped separately.
Model Numbering SystemEach character in the basic model number corresponds to a specific unit feature.How to Build a Model NumberExample: 700 Series Optional Front Lateral Files – Flush Top
S7LF302402DW1BLRCYCBW50334FBK
Product nameWidthInterior height (nominal)Type of unitDrawer front styleColor codeVeneer finishOptionalOptional
700 Series Lateral File, Flush Top30" wide24" high2 high, 2 drawerWood, center pullBlackCherry veneer finish50# Counterbalance weightFront-to-back filing bars
Each internal component has a corresponding character:S7LFW1D
Lateral flush topWood, center pullDrawer with side-to-side folder bars
The 334 model number for accessories indicates the item may be used in all cabinet widths.NOTE: The unit must SPECIFY optional CBW and accessories as INSTALLED or they will beshipped separately.
S7LF 30 240 2D L1 BL RCY CBW50 334FBKOptional Picks
S7LE 30 240 2D L1 BL LGE CBW50 334FBKOptional Picks
9
700 Series® OF Lateral Files/Storage Cabinets General Information
Inside Drawer and Shelf Dimensions* 30W x 18D Cabinet 36W x 18D Cabinet 42W x 18D Cabinet
Hanging File Configurations 30W Cabinet 36W Cabinet 42W Cabinet
Letter side-to-side 30FBA 36FBA 42FBA
front-to-back
Legal side-to-side 30FBA 36FBA 42FBA
front-to-backw(1)334FBK
Nonstock Plastic Laminate SurfacesAdditional laminates are available but may besubject to additional lead time. Other speciallaminates require an up-charge and additionallead time. Contact KI.
INSTALLATION
Drawer FrontsInstalled front units designed for the customercome fully assembled and ready to acceptdrawer fronts. Drawer fronts are mounted withsix screws, two per side and two at the bottom.Complete custom drawer front dimensioningcan be found on page 66.
Caution LabelsCaution - and safety - related information iscontained on a peel-off label affixed to thefront of the cabinet. This label is to be removedby the customer.
Caution information is also permanentlyaffixed to the left side of the top drawer.Both labels contain important installation andloading information.
Installation InformationComplete instructions on the properinstallation and use of KI files are provided ineach file shipped.
The instructions refer to correct methods ofleveling, ganging and loading.
Counterbalance weights should be installed inall single freestanding files.
Field ReconfigurationAs needs change, KI lateral files and storagecabinets can readily be field-changed;however, this process should be undertakenby a qualified service technician.
101/2" Drawer12" DrawerStorage Cabinet
W
263/4"263/4"281/2"
D
157/8"157/8"17"
H
101/4"111/2"
W
323/4"323/4"341/2"
D
157/8"157/8"17"
H101/4"111/2"
W
383/4"383/4"401/2"
D
157/8"157/8"17"
H
101/4"111/2"
30FBAw(2)334FBK
36FBAw(2)334FBK
36FBAw(2)334FBK
42FBAw(3)334FBK
42FBAw(2)334FBK
Pull Options
Arch Bowtie Metric Retro
10
700 Series® OF Lateral Files/Storage Cabinets General Information
Part # 255222552125520
Dim.A 417/8"357/8"297/8"
Dim.B 2015/16"1715/16"1415/16"
Dim.C 15"12"9"
Part # 2553525534255332553225531
25530
Front Size15"131/2"12"101/2"9"71/2"6"
Dim.A 153/16"1321/32"121/8"1019/32"91/16"717/32"6"
Dim.B 8"8"8"615/32"415/16"17/8"17/8"
A
7/8" dia. for lock
holes (4) to suit #10 X 5/8" screws(recommend 1/8" dia. x 1/2" deep)
B
C C6"
Filler Rail(For flush top applications only)
30" Lateral Fronts
back view
holes (6) to suit #10 X 5/8" screws(recommend 1/8" dia. x 1/2" deep)
| 4" |1111/16"
11/2"11/4"
11/2"11/4"3/4" 3/4"273/8"
297/8"
A B
The information outlined below should be usedto communicate critical dimensions for variousdrawer fronts. Larger drawings are available forspecific size fronts. Contact Customer Servicefor availability.
On extended top product, the top rail is notrequired. It is integral to the shell construction,and is painted the color of the cabinet.
KI center pulls are available for installationon custom fronts. Note: the drawings on thispage do not provide allowance for KI drawer
pulls. Drawings are available for fronts withan allowance for KI drawer pulls.
The hardware necessary for mounting thedrawer fronts will vary depending on thematerial used. The parts supplied by KI arefor use when mounting medium or high-density particle or fiberboard core fronts.
Flush Top ExtendedTop
Part # 2555525554255532555225551
25530
Front Size15"131/2"12"101/2"9"71/2"6"
Dim.A 153/16"1321/32"121/8"1019/32"91/16"717/32"6"
Dim.B 8"8"8"615/32"415/16"17/8"17/8"
36" Lateral Fronts
A
back view
holes (6) to suit #10 X 5/8" screws(recommend 1/8" dia. x 1/2" deep)
B
| 4" |
42" Lateral Fronts
A
back view
holes (6) to suit #10 X 5/8" screws(recommend 1/8" dia. x 1/2" deep)
B
| 4" |
Part # 2554525544255432554225541
25540
Front Size15"131/2"
11/8"
12"101/2"9"71/2"6"
Dim.A 153/16"1321/32"121/8"1019/32"91/16"717/32"
Dim.B 8"8"8"615/32"415/16"17/8"
6" 17/8"
11/2"1411/16"
1711/16"
393/8"
417/8"
3/4"333/8"
357/8"
25546
25536 25556
7/8"
11
700 Series® OF Lateral Files/Storage Cabinets General Information
The information outlined below should be used to communicate critical dimensions for various drawer fronts. Larger drawings are available for specific size fronts. Contact Customer Service for availability.
The KI product is designed for 3/4" thick fronts. Thinner or thicker file fronts can be
adapted to flush top product only. Please be aware that on fronts with thickness different from 3/4" the lock barrel will protrude from or be recessed into the filler rail by the dimension the fronts differ from 3/4".
On extended top product, the top rail is not required. It is integral to the shell construction,
and is painted the color of the cabinet. KI center pulls are available for installation on custom fronts. Note: the drawings on this page do not provide allowance for KI drawer pulls. Drawings are available for fronts with an allowance for KI drawer pulls.
The hardware necessary for mounting the drawer fronts will vary depending on the material used. The parts supplied by KI are for use when mounting medium or high- density particle or fiberboard core fronts.
Flush Top
Extended Top
Cabinet Door - 3 Places
3/8"
A
1.772"
Cabinet Door - 2 Places
AB
C
1.772"
13/8" dia. x 1/2" deep
Part #
25714 25710 25706 25664 25660 25656 25614 25610 25606
Dim. A
365/8" 301/2" 243/8" 365/8" 301/2" 243/8" 365/8" 301/2" 243/8"
Dim. B
27.563" 21.438" 15.313" 27.563" 21.438" 15.313" 27.563" 21.438" 15.313"
Dim. C
207/8" 207/8" 207/8" 177/8" 177/8" 177/8" 147/8" 147/8" 147/8"
Cabinet Door - 4 Places
A
B
C
1.772"
Part #
25739 25731 25730 25689 25681 25680 25639 2563125630
Dim A
7429/32" 6221/32" 611/8" 7429/32" 6221/32" 611/8" 7429/32" 6221/32" 611/8"
Dim C
207/8"
207/8" 207/8" 177/8" 177/8" 177/8" 147/8" 147/8" 147/8"
Dim B
16.844" 21.438" 21.438" 21.438" 16.844" 16.844" 21.438" 16.844" 16.844"
Filler Rail - see page 66 (For flush top applications only)
13/8" dia. x 1/2" deep
5/16" dia. (2) x 1/2" deep
13/8" dia. x 1/2" deep
B
Part # 257222567225622
Dim. A 207/8"177/8"147/8"
5/16" dia. (2) x 1/2" deep
3/8"
7/8" 3/4"
3/4"7/8"
4.531"
4.531"
4.531"
4.531"
1929/32"
1929/32"
5/16" dia. (2) x 1/2" deep
3/8"
4.531"
7/8"
4.531"
3/4"
487/8"
12
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawer Units
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
23-15/16" File, 2 High 30 x 18 x 23-15/16” S7L/302102D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
• Two 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder bars
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 23-15/16” S7L/362102D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
120.0#
42 x 18 x 23-15/16” S7L/422102D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
130.0#
S7LTU
27" File, 2 High 30 x 18 x 27” S7L/302402D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
• Two 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 27” S7L/362402D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
120.0#
42 x 18 x 27” S7L/422402D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
130.0#
S7LTU
30-1/16" File, 2 High 30 x 18 x 30-1/16” S7L/302702D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
115.0#
• Two 13-1/2" drawers with FBA folder bars
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 30-1/16” S7L/362702D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
125.0#
42 x 18 x 30-1/16” S7L/422702D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
135.0#
S7LTU
39-1/4" File, 3 High 30 x 18 x 39-1/4” S7L/303603D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
140.0#
• Three 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 39-1/4” S7L/363603D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
150.0#
42 x 18 x 39-1/4” S7L/423603D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
170.0#
S7LTU
A B C D E
13
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawer Units
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 819
$ 161 921
161
1004
161
$ 819
$ 161 921
161
1004
161
$ 819
$ 161 921
161
1004
161
$ 1098
$ 161 1242
161
1385
161
14
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawer Units
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
51-1/2" File, 4 High 30 x 18 x 51-1/2" S7L/304804D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
180.0#
• Four 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 51-1/2" S7L/364804D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
200.0#
42 x 18 x 51-1/2" S7L/424804D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
220.0#
S7LTU
54-9/16" File, 4 High 30 x 18 x 54-9/16" S7L/305104D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
170.0#
• One 15" receding door/end tab shelf with 3 plate dividers
• Three 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 54-9/16" S7L/365104D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
190.0#
42 x 18 x 54-9/16" S7L/425104D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
210.0#
S7LTU
56-3/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18 x 56-3/32" S7L/305255D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
235.0#
• Five 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder bars
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 56-3/32" S7L/365255D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
255.0#
42 x 18 x 56-3/32" S7L/425255D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
275.0#
S7LTU
59-5/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18 x 59-5/32" S7L/305555D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
200.0#
• One 12" receding door/rollout shelf with 3 plate dividers
• One 12" drawer with FBA folder bars• Three 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder
bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 59-5/32" S7L/365555D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
215.0#
42 x 18 x 59-5/32" S7L/425555D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
230.0#
S7LTU
A B C D E
15
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawer Units
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawer Units
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 1375
$ 125 1605
125
1822
125
$ 1580
$ 125 1698
125
2030
125
$ 1779
$ 125 1928
125
2080
125
$ 1639
$ 125 1877
125
2124
125
16
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawer Units
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
NLC - No lock core
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
63-3/4" File, 5 High 30 x 18 x 63-3/4" S7L/306005D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
230.0#
• One 12" receding door/rollout shelf with 3 plate dividers
• Four 12" drawers with FBA folding bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 63-3/4" S7L/366005D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
250.0#
42 x 18 x 63-3/4" S7L/426005D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
S7LTU
65-9/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/306155D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
230.0#
• One 12" receding door/rollout shelf with 3 plate dividers
• One 1-1/2" tie bar or posting shelf• DP model replaces 1-1/2" tie bar with a
1-1/2" posting shelf• Four 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
30 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/306155DP □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
255.0#
36 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/366155D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
250.0#
36 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/366155DP □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
42 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/426155D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
42 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/426155DP □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
315.0#
S7LTU
68-11/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18 x 68-11/32" S7L/306455D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
225.0#
• One 15" receding door/end tab shelf with 3 plate dividers
• One 1-1/2" tie bar• 1-1/2" structural filler shelf on 42" wide • Four 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 68-11/32" S7L/366455D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
240.0#
42 x 18 x 68-11/32" S7L/426455D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
275.0#
S7LTU
A B C D E
17
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawer Units
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 1639
$ 125 1877
125
2124
125
$ 1639
$ 125 1751
125
1877
125 1991
125
2124
125 2235
125
$ 1915
$ 125 2039
125
2326
125
18
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawer Units
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
71-13/32" File, 6 High 30 x 18 x 71-13/32" S7L/306756D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
• One 13-1/2" receding door• One 1-1/2" tie bar slotted shelf with 3
plate dividers on 30" and 36" wide• 1-1/2" structural filler shelf on 42" wide• Five 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder
bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 71-13/32" S7L/366756D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
300.0#
42 x 18 x 71-13/32" S7L/426756D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
345.0#
S7LTU
77-17/32" File, 6 High 30 x 18 x 77-17/32" S7L/307356D CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
• One 12" receding door/end tab shelf with plate dividers
• One 12" receding door/rollout shelf with 3 plate dividers
• One 1-1/2" tie bar• 1-1/2" structural filler shelf on 42" wide• Four 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 77-17/32" S7L/367356D CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
295.0#
42 x 18 x 77-17/32" S7L/427356D CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
339.0#
S7LTU
A B C D E
19
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawer Units
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 2222
$ 125 2456
125
2803
125
$ 1985
$ 125 2277
125
2600
125
20
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike
KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
23-15/16" File, 2 High 30 x 18" S7CL302102D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
• Two 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder bars
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL362102D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
120.0#
42 x 18" S7CL422102D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
130.0#
S7CL
27" File, 2 High 30 x 18" S7CL302402D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
• Two 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL362402D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
120.0#
42 x 18" S7CL422402D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
130.0#
S7CL
39-1/4" File, 3 High 30 x 18" S7CL303603D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
140.0#
• Three 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL363603D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
150.0#
42 x 18" S7CL423603D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
170.0#
S7CL
51-1/2" File, 4 High 30 x 18" S7CL304804D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
180.0#
• Four 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL364804D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
200.0#
42 x 18" S7CL424804D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
220.0#
S7CL
A B C D E F
21
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 919
$ 16 $ 161 1031
21 161
1125
23 161
$ 919
$ 16 $ 161 1031
21 161
1125
23 161
$ 1230
$ 25 $ 161 1394
28 161
1551
32 161
$ 1540
$ 31 $ 125 1799
35 125
2039
41 125
22
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike
KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
54-9/16" File, 4 High 30 x 18" S7CL305104D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
170.0#
• One 13-1/2" receding door/end tab shelf with 3 plate dividers
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• Three 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL365104D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
190.0#
42 x 18" S7CL425104D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
210.0#
S7CL
56-3/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18" S7CL305255D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
235.0#
• Five 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder bars
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL365255D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
255.0#
42 x 18" S7CL425255D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
275.0#
S7CL
59-5/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18" S7CL305555D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
200.0#
• One 12" receding door/rollout shelf with 3 plate dividers
• 1-1/2" tie bar• Four 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder
bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL365555D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
215.0#
42 x 18" S7CL425555D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
230.0#
S7CL
65-9/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18" S7CL306155D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
230.0#
• One 12" receding door/rollout shelf with 3 plate dividers
• 1-1/2" tie bar• Four 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL366155D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
250.0#
42 x 18" S7CL426155D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
S7CL
A B C D E F
23
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 1769
$ 34 $ 125 1902
36 125
2271
45 125
$ 1992
$ 39 $ 125 2159
42 125
2332
45 125
$ 1833
$ 35 $ 125 2102
42 125
2378
46 125
$ 1833
$ 35 $ 125 2102
42 125
2378
46 125
24
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike
KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
66-13/16" File, 5 High 30 x 18" S7CL306305D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
203.0#
• One 13-1/2" receding door/rollout shelf with 3 plate dividers
• 1-1/2" slotted tie bar• Four 12" drawers with FBA folding bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL366305D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
218.0#
42 x 18" S7CL426305D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
233.0#
S7CL
71-13/32" File, 6 High 30 x 18" S7CL306756D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
• One 13-1/2" receding door• 1-1/2" tie bar slotted shelf with 3 plate
dividers• Five 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder
bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL366756D □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
300.0#
S7CL
A B C D E F
25
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 1907
$ 35 $ 125 2185
42 125
2474
46 125
$ 2486
$ 47 $ 125 2751
55 125
26
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Receding Door Units
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. CLSC - Classic (inset pull)
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
27" File, 2 High 30 x 18 x 27" S7L/302402R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
• One 12" receding door/rollout shelf with FBA folder bars
• One 12" drawer with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 27" S7L/362402R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
120.0#
42 x 18 x 27" S7L/422402R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
130.0#
S7LTU
39-1/4" File, 3 High 30 x 18 x 39-1/4" S7L/303603R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
145.0#
• Two 12" receding doors/rollout shelves with FBA folder bars
• One 12" drawer with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 39-1/4" S7L/363603R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
155.0#
42 x 18 x 39-1/4" S7L/423603R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
175.0#
S7LTU
51-1/2" File, 4 High 30 x 18 x 51-1/2" S7L/304804R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
185.0#
• Three 12" receding doors/rollout shelves with FBA folder bars
• One 12" drawer with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 51-1/2" S7L/364804R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
200.0#
42 x 18 x 51-1/2" S7L/424804R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
220.0#
S7LTU
A B C D E
27
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Receding Door Units
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 819
$ 161 921
161
1004
161
$ 1098
$ 161 1242
161
1385
161
$ 1375
$ 125 1605
125
1822
125
28
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Receding Door Units
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. CLSC - Classic (inset pull)
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
63-3/4" File, 5 High 30 x 18 x 63-3/4" S7L/306005R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
240.0#
• One 12" receding door/rollout shelf with 3 plate dividers
• Three 12" receding doors/rollout shelves with FBA folder bars
• One 12" drawer with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 63-3/4" S7L/366005R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
260.0#
42 x 18 x 63-3/4" S7L/426005R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
280.0#
S7LTU
65-9/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/306155R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
204.0#
• One 12" receding door/rollout shelf with 3 plate dividers
• Three 12" receding door/rollout shelves with FBA folder bars
• One 1-1/2" tie bar or posting shelf• One 12" drawer with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units• RP model replaces 1-1/2" tie bar with a
1-1/2" posting shelf
30 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/306155RP CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
255.0#
36 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/366155R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
260.0#
36 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/366155RP CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
42 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/426155R CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
280.0#
42 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/426155RP CLSC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
315.0#
S7LTU
A B C D E
29
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Receding Door Units
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 1639
$ 125 1877
125
2124
125
$ 1693
$ 125 1783
125
1862
125 1877
125
2037
125 2124
125
30
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® End Tab Shelving Units
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. CLSC - Classic (inset pull)
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
27" File, 2 High 30 x 18 x 27" S7L/302402E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
• Two 12" receding doors with fixed end tab shelves
• Three plate dividers per opening
36 x 18 x 27" S7L/362402E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
120.0#
42 x 18 x 27" S7L/422402E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
140.0#
S7LTU
39-1/4" File, 3 High 30 x 18 x 39-1/4" S7L/303603E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
150.0#
• Three 12" receding doors with fixed end tab shelves
• Three plate dividers per opening
36 x 18 x 39-1/4" S7L/363603E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
165.0#
42 x 18 x 39-1/4" S7L/423603E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
185.0#
S7LTU
51-1/2" File, 4 High 30 x 18 x 51-1/2" S7L/304804E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
195.0#
• Four 12" receding doors with fixed end tab shelves
• Three plate dividers per opening• Lock included
36 x 18 x 51-1/2" S7L/364804E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
210.0#
42 x 18 x 51-1/2" S7L/424804E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
230.0#
S7LTU
A B C D
31
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® End Tab Shelving Units
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 886
991
1075
$ 1195
1336
1483
$ 1496
1736
1950
32
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® End Tab Shelving Units
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. CLSC - Classic (inset pull)
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
65-9/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/306155E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
220.0#
• Two 12" receding doors with fixed end tab shelves
• 1-1/2" tie bar• Three 12" receding doors with fixed end
tab shelves• Three plate dividers per opening
36 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/366155E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
245.0#
42 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/426155E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
280.0#
S7LTU
77-17/32" File, 6 High 30 x 18 x 77-17/32" S7L/307356E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
245.0#
• Three 12" receding doors with fixed end tab shelves
• 1-1/2" tie bar on 30" and 36" wide• 1-1/2" structural filler shelf on 42" wide• Three 12" receding doors with fixed end
tab shelves• Three plate dividers per opening
36 x 18 x 77-17/32" S7L/367356E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
280.0#
42 x 18 x 77-17/32" S7L/427356E CLSC □ □ □ □ □
325.0#
S7LTU
A B C D
33
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® End Tab Shelving Units
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 1784
2022
2274
$ 2165
2460
2805
34
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Credenza Files
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
27-7/8" Credenza File - FF 30 x 18-7/8 x 27-7/8" S7L/30240FF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
120.0#
• Height to match worksurface supporting pedestal, drawer fronts compatible with all pedestals
• Two 12" file drawers with FBA bars for side-to-side filing
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8 x 27-7/8" S7L/36240FF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
130.0#
42 x 18-7/8 x 27-7/8" S7L/42240FF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
145.0#
S7LTU
27-7/8" Credenza File - BBF 30 x 18-7/8 x 27-7/8" S7L/30240BBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
135.0#
• Height to match worksurface supporting pedestal, drawer fronts compatible with all pedestals
• Two 6" box drawers, one 12" file drawer with FBA bars for side-to-side filing
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8 x 27-7/8" S7L/36240BBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
145.0#
42 x 18-7/8 x 27-7/8" S7L/42240BBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
160.0#
S7LTU
27-7/8" Credenza Cupboard 30 x 18-7/8 x 27-7/8" S7L/30240CC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
• Height to match worksurface supporting pedestal
• One adjustable shelf
36 x 18-7/8 x 27-7/8" S7L/36240CC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
105.0#
42 x 18-7/8 x 27-7/8" S7L/42240CC □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
121.0#
S7CBU
A B C D E
35
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® Credenza Files
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 1060
$ 201 1135
201
1210
201
$ 1244
$ 201 1320
201
1401
201
$ 983
N/A 1056
N/A
1107
N/A
36
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
27" File, 2 High 30 x 18" S7LF/302402DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
100.0#
• No drawer fronts• Two drawer bodies to accept 12" fronts• Depth dimension does not include thick-
ness of drawer front• With FBA bars, lock included• Hardware included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7LF/362402DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
42 x 18" S7LF/422402DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
120.0#
S7LOU
39-1/4" File, 3 High 30 x 18" S7LF/303603DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
125.0#
• No drawer fronts• Three drawer bodies to accept 12" fronts• Depth dimension does not include thick-
ness of drawer front• With FBA bars, lock included• Hardware included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7LF/363603DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
135.0#
42 x 18" S7LF/423603DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
155.0#
S7LOU
51-1/2" File, 4 High 30 x 18" S7LF/304804DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
160.0#
• No drawer fronts• Four drawer bodies to accept 12" fronts• Depth dimension does not include thick-
ness of drawer front• With FBA bars, lock included• Hardware included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7LF/364804DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
180.0#
42 x 18" S7LF/424804DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
200.0#
S7LOU
56-3/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18" S7LF/305255DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
175.0#
• No drawer fronts• Five drawer bodies to accept 10-1/2"
fronts• Depth dimension does not include thick-
ness of drawer front• With FBA bars, lock included• Drawer bodes will not accept plate divid-
ers• Hardware included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7LF/365255DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
190.0#
42 x 18" S7LF/425255DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
205.0#
S7LOU
A B C D
37
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 814
$ 201 870
201
935
201
$ 1075
$ 201 1210
201
1342
201
$ 1320
$ 161 1529
161
1711
161
$ 1580
$ 161 1784
161
1965
161
38
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Fronts
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
27" File, 2 High 30 x 18-7/8" S7LE/302402DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
100.0#
• No drawer fronts• Two drawer bodies to accept 12" fronts• With FBA bars, lock included• Hardware included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8" S7LE/362402DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
42 x 18-7/8" S7LE/422402DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
120.0#
S7LOU
39-1/4" File, 3 High 30 x 18-7/8" S7LE/303603DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
125.0#
• No drawer fronts• Three drawer bodies to accept 12" fronts• With FBA bars, lock included• Hardware included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8" S7LE/363603DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
135.0#
42 x 18-7/8" S7LE/423603DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
155.0#
S7LOU
51-1/2" File, 4 High 30 x 18-7/8" S7LE/304804DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
160.0#
• No drawer fronts• Four drawer bodies to accept 12" fronts• With FBA bars, lock included• Hardware included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8" S7LE/364804DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
180.0#
42 x 18-7/8" S7LE/424804DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
200.0#
S7LOU
56-3/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18-7/8" S7LE/305255DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
175.0#
• No drawer fronts• Five drawer bodies to accept 10-1/2"
fronts• With FBA bars, lock included• Drawer bodies will not accept plate
dividers• Hardware included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8" S7LE/365255DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
190.0#
42 x 18-7/8" S7LE/425255DX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
205.0#
S7LOU
A B C D
39
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Fronts
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 814
$ 201 870
201
935
201
$ 1075
$ 201 1210
201
1342
201
$ 1320
$ 161 1529
161
1711
161
$ 1580
$ 161 1784
161
1965
161
40
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Fronts
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select veneer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select pull color optional front. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
UnitColor
VeneerColor
Pull Color Optional Front
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
27" File, 2 High 30 x 18-7/8" S7LF/302402DW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Two 12" drawers, wood veneer fronts and center pulls
• With FBA bars, lock included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8" S7LF/362402DW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18-7/8" S7LF/422402DW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7LOU
39-1/4" File, 3 High 30 x 18-7/8" S7LF/303603DW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Three 12" drawers, wood veneer fronts and center pulls
• With FBA bars, lock included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8" S7LF/363603DW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18-7/8" S7LF/423603DW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7LOU
51-1/2" File, 4 High 30 x 18-7/8" S7LF/304804DW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Four 12" drawers, wood veneer fronts and center pulls
• With FBA bars, lock included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8" S7LF/364804DW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18-7/8" S7LF/424804DW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7LOU
56-3/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18-7/8" S7LF/305255DW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Five 10-1/2" drawers, wood veneer fronts and center pulls
• With FBA bars, lock included• Drawer bodies will not accept plate
dividers• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8" S7LF/365255DW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18-7/8" S7LF/425255DW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7LOU
A B C D E F
41
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Fronts
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
120.0# $ 1466
$ 201 130.0# 1646
201
150.0# 1694
201
155.0# $ 2012
$ 201 165.0# 2192
201
185.0# 2399
201
200.0# $ 2578
$ 161 220.0# 2760
161
240.0# 2967
161
225.0# $ 3146
$ 161 240.0# 3316
161
255.0# 3514
161
42
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select front surface finish. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select pull color optional front. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
UnitColor
FrontSurfaceFinish
Pull Color Optional Front
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
27" File, 2 High 30 x 18-7/8" S7LE/302402DL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Two 12" drawers, laminate fronts and center pulls
• With FBA bars, lock included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended with freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8" S7LE/362402DL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18-7/8" S7LE/422402DL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7LOU
39-1/4" File, 3 High 30 x 18-7/8" S7LE/303603DL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Three 12" drawers, laminate fronts and center pulls
• With FBA bars, lock included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8" S7LE/363603DL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18-7/8" S7LE/423603DL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7LOU
51-1/2" File, 4 High 30 x 18-7/8" S7LE/304804DL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Four 12" drawers, laminate fronts and center pulls
• With FBA bars, lock included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18-7/8" S7LE/364804DL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18-7/8" S7LE/424804DL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7LOU
56-3/32" File, 5 High 30 x 18-7/8" S7LE/305255DL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Five 10-1/2" drawers, laminate fronts and center pulls
• With FBA bars, lock included• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units• Drawer bodies will not accept plate
dividers
36 x 18-7/8" S7LE/365255DL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18-7/8" S7LE/425255DL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7LOU
A B C D E F
43
Preconfigured Lateral Files 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
120.0# $ 1083
$ 201 130.0# 1218
201
140.0# 1372
201
155.0# $ 1490
$ 201 165.0# 1779
201
185.0# 1776
201
200.0# $ 1907
$ 161 220.0# 2045
161
240.0# 2195
161
225.0# $ 2331
$ 161 240.0# 2454
161
255.0# 2601
161
44
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Cupboard/Lateral
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
65-9/32" File 30 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/306155M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
215.0#
• One 24" hinged door insert with one blank shelf
• One 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• Three 12" drawers with FBA folder bars
for side-to-side filing• Cabinet supplied with two locks; one
lock controls hinged door, other lock controls drawers
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/366155M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
240.0#
42 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/426155M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
S7LTU
71-13/32" File 30 x 18 x 71-13/32" S7L/306755M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
245.0#
• One 30"hinged door insert with one blank shelf
• One 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• Three 12" drawers with FBA folder bars
for side-to-side filing• Cabinet supplied with two locks; one
lock controls hinged doors, other lock controls drawers
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 71-13/32" S7L/366755M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
280.0#
42 x 18 x 71-13/32" S7L/426755M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
320.0#
S7LTU
77-17/32" File 30 x 18 x 77-17/32" S7L/307356M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
245.0#
• One 24" hinged door insert with one blank shelf
• One 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• Four 12" drawers with FBA folder bars
for side-to-side filing• Cabinet supplied with two locks; one
lock controls hinged doors, other lock controls drawers
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18 x 77-17/32" S7L/367356M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
280.0#
42 x 18 x 77-17/32" S7L/427356M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
320.0#
S7LTU
A B C D E
45
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Cupboard/Lateral
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 1874
$ 125 2114
125
2371
125
$ 1936
$ 125 2080
125
2371
125
$ 2251
$ 125 2557
125
2916
125
46
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike
KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
65-9/32" Cupboard/Lateral File 30 x 18" S7CL306152D36C □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• One 36" hinged door insert with two blank shelves
• 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• Two 12" drawers with FBA folder bars • Cabinet supplied with two locks; one
lock controls hinged doors, other lock controls drawers, keyed-alike unless otherwise specified
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL366152D36C □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18" S7CL426152D36C □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7CL
A B C D E F
47
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
215.0# $ 1950
$ 39 $ 125 240.0# 2184
44 125
270.0# 2433
47 125
48
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike
KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
65-9/32" Cupboard/Lateral File 30 x 18" S7CL306155M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
215.0#
• One 24" hinged door inset with one blank shelf
• 1-1/2" lock tie bar shelf• Three 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Cabinet supplied with two locks; one
lock controls hinged doors, other lock controls drawers, keyed-alike unless otherwise specified
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL366155M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
240.0#
42 x 18" S7CL426155M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
S7CL
A B C D E F
49
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 2058
$ 41 $ 125 2331
45 125
2608
50 125
50
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike
KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
71-13/32" Cupboard/Lateral File 30 x 18" S7CL306755M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
245.0#
• One 30" hinged door insert with one blank shelf
• 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• Three 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Cabinet supplied with two locks; one
lock controls hinged doors, other lock controls drawers, keyed-alike unless otherwise specified
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL366755M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
280.0#
S7CL
A B C D E F
51
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 2148
$ 42 $ 125 2438
47 125
52
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike
KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
77-13/32" Cupboard/Lateral File 30 x 18" S7CL307356M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
• One 24" hinged door insert with one blank shelf
• 1-1/2" lock tie bar shelf• Four 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Cabinet supplied with two locks; one
lock controls hinged doors, other lock controls drawers, keyed-alike unless otherwise specified
• Counterbalance weights are recom-mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" S7CL367356M □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
315.0#
S7CL
A B C D E F
53
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 2475
$ 47 $ 125 2819
55 125
54
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Bookcase/File
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
53-1/32" Bookcase/File 30 x 18" 7FB/30495/2D270B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
197.0#
• One 27" bookcase section with one 1/2" adjustable shelf
• 1-1/2" lock tie bar shelf• Two 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder
bars • Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" 7FB/36495/2D270B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
213.0#
42 x 18" 7FB/42495/2D270B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
235.0#
S7FB
65-9/32" Bookcase/File 30 x 18" 7FB/30615/2D390B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
215.0#
• One 39" bookcase section with two 1/2" adjustable shelves
• 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• Two 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder
bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" 7FB/36615/2D390B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
240.0#
42 x 18" 7FB/42615/2D390B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
S7FB
65-9/32" Bookcase/File 30 x 18" 7FB/30615/2D360B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
215.0#
• One 36" bookcase section with two 1/2" adjustable shelves
• 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• Two 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" 7FB/36615/2D360B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
240.0#
42 x 18" 7FB/42615/2D360B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
S7FB
65-9/32" Bookcase/File 30 x 18" 7FB/30615/3D330B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
215.0#
• One 33" bookcase section with one 1/2" adjustable shelf
• 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• One 6" drawer and two 10-1/2" drawers
with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" 7FB/36615/3D330B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
240.0#
42 x 18" 7FB/42615/3D330B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
S7FB
A B C D E
55
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Bookcase/File
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 1540
$ 125 1582
125
1692
125
$ 1739
$ 125 1769
125
1907
125
$ 1729
$ 125 1754
125
1897
125
$ 1822
$ 125 1855
125
1993
125
56
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Bookcase/File
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
65-9/32" Bookcase/File 30 x 18" 7FB/30615/4D225B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
215.0#
• One 22-1/2" bookcase section with one 1/2" adjustable shelf
• 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• One 6" drawer and three 10-1/2" drawers
with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" 7FB/36615/4D225B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
240.0#
42 x 18" 7FB/42615/4D225B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
270.0#
S7FB
A B C D E
57
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Bookcase/File
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 2051
$ 125 2089
125
2254
125
58
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Curve Bookcase/Lateral File
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike
KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
53-1/32" Bookcase/Lateral 30 x 18" 7CFB30495/2D270B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• One 27" open bookcase section with one 1/2" adjustable shelf
• 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• Two 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder
bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" 7CFB36495/2D270B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18" 7CFB42495/2D270B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
7CFB
65-9/32" Bookcase/Lateral 30 x 18" 7CFB30615/2D390B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• One 39" open bookcase section with two 1/2" adjustable shelves
• 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• Two 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder
bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" 7CFB36615/2D390B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18" 7CFB42615/2D390B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
7CFB
A B C D E F
59
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Curve Bookcase/Lateral File
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
197.0# $ 1693
$ 33 $ 125 213.0# 1739
34 125
235.0# 1862
36 125
215.0# $ 1910
$ 36 $ 125 240.0# 1948
39 125
270.0# 2098
N/A 125
60
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Curve Bookcase/Lateral File
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike
KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
65-9/32" Bookcase/Lateral 30 x 18" 7CFB30615/2D360B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• One 36" open bookcase section with two 1/2" adjustable shelves
• 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• Two 12" drawers with FBA folder bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" 7CFB36615/2D360B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18" 7CFB42615/2D360B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
7CFB
65-9/32" Bookcase/Lateral 30 x 18" 7CFB30615/3D330B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• One 33" open bookcase section with one 1/2" adjustable shelf
• 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf• One 6" drawer• Two 10-1/2" drawers with FBA folder
bars• Counterbalance weights are recom-
mended for freestanding units
36 x 18" 7CFB36615/3D330B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42 x 18" 7CFB42615/3D330B □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
7CFB
A B C D E F
61
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Curve Bookcase/Lateral File
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
215.0# $ 1902
$ 36 $ 125 240.0# 1932
36 125
270.0# 2086
N/A 125
215.0# $ 2002
$ 39 $ 125 240.0# 2044
N/A 125
270.0# 2192
44 125
62
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Wardrobe Cabinets
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
65-9/32" Wardrobe Multimedia Storage
Cabinet
With 3 Shelves 30 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/30615HWS □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
205.0#
With 3 Shelves 36 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/36615HWS □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
220.0#
• Coat rod on right side• Three adjustable blank shelves on left
side
S7CBU
65-9/32" Wardrobe Multimedia Storage
Cabinet
Left Door 18 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/18615HWL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
135.0#
Right Door 18 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/18615HWR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
135.0#
• Available with coat rod• Door hinged right or left
S7CBU
A B C D
63
Preconfigured Multimedia Storage 700 Series® Wardrobe Cabinets
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 1746
1806
$ 998
998
64
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 18"
Deep
Locker Left, Bookcase, Right 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/2D360B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/2D360B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• 36" H cupboard or bookcase with 2 shelves (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• Two 12" high drawers with FBA bars• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Cupboard shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and marker-
board units• Last model digit indicates locker hinge
location
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/2D360C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/2D360C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/2D360CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/2D360CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7FL
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 18"
Deep
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D300B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D300B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• 30" H cupboard or bookcase with 1 shelf (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• One 6" high drawer, two 12" high draw-
ers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Markerboard shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and marker-
board units• Last model digit indicates locker hinge
location
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D300C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D300C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D300CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D300CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7FL
A B C D
65
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
168.0# $ 2310
168.0# 2310
175.0# 2562
175.0# 2562
175.0# 3789
175.0# 3789
182.0# $ 2334
182.0# 2334
191.0# 2534
191.0# 2534
191.0# 3344
191.0# 3344
66
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 18"
Deep
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D285B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D285B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• 28-1/2" H cupboard or bookcase with 1 shelf (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• Three 10-1/2" high drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Cupboard shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and marker-
board units• Last model digit indicates locker hinge
location
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D285C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Loceker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D285C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D285CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D285CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7FL
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 18"
Deep
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D330B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D330B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• 33" H cupboard or bookcase with 1 shelf (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• One 6" high drawer, two 10-1/2" high
drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Bookcase shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and marker-
board units• Last model digit indicates locker hinge
location
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D330C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D330C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D330CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 18" 7FL/3061518/3D330CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7FL
A B C D
67
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
186.0# $ 2478
186.0# 2478
194.0# 2675
194.0# 2675
194.0# 3405
194.0# 3405
182.0# $ 2543
182.0# 2543
191.0# 2762
191.0# 2762
191.0# 3649
191.0# 3649
68
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 24"
Deep
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/2D360B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/2D360B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• 36" H cupboard or bookcase with 2 shelves (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• Two 12" high drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Cupboard shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and marker-
board units• Last model digit indicates locker hinge
location
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/2D360C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/2D360C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/2D360CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/2D360CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7FL
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 24"
Deep
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D300B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D300B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• 30" H cupboard or bookcase with 1 shelf (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• One 6" high drawer, two 12" high draw-
ers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Markerboard shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and marker-
board units• Last model digit indicates locker hinge
location
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D300C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D300C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D300CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D300CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7FL
A B C D
69
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
188.0# $ 2481
188.0# 2481
196.0# 2704
196.0# 2704
196.0# 3933
196.0# 3933
199.0# $ 2484
199.0# 2484
208.0# 2675
208.0# 2675
208.0# 3488
208.0# 3488
70
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 24"
Deep
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D285B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D285B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• 28-1/2" H cupboard or bookcase with 1 shelf (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• Three 10-1/2" high drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Cupboard shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and marker-
board units• Last model digit indicates locker hinge
location
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D285C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D285C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D285CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D285CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7FL
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 24"
Deep
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D330B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D330B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• 33" H cupboard or bookcase with 1 shelf (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• One 6" high drawer, two 10-1/2" high
drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Bookcase shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and marker-
board units• Last model digit indicates locker hinge
location
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D330C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D330C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D330CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 24" 7FL/3061524/3D330CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7FL
A B C D
71
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
208.0# $ 2636
208.0# 2636
231.0# 2816
231.0# 2816
231.0# 3547
231.0# 3547
199.0# $ 2484
199.0# 2484
208.0# 2675
208.0# 2675
208.0# 3488
208.0# 3488
72
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
KeyOption
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/2D360B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/2D360B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/2D360C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/2D360C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/2D360CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/2D360CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
7CFL
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker,
18" Deep
• 36" H cupboard or bookcase w/2 shelves (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• Two 12" high drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Cupboard shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and mark-
erboard units• Last model digit indicates locker
hinge location
A B C D E
73
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
168.0# $ 2773
$ 54 168.0# 2773
54
175.0# 3074
59 175.0# 3074
59
175.0# 4551
84 175.0# 4551
84
74
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
KeyOption
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D300B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D300B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D300C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D300C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D300CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D300CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
7CFL
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker,
18" Deep
• 30" H cupboard or bookcase w/1 shelf (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• One 6" high drawer, two 12" high
drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Markerboard shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and mark-
erboard units• Last model digit indicates locker
hinge location
A B C D E
75
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
182.0# $ 2801
$ 54 182.0# 2801
54
191.0# 3040
58 191.0# 3040
58
191.0# 4011
77 191.0# 4011
77
76
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
KeyOption
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D285B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D285B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D285C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D285C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D285CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D285CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
7CFL
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker,
18" Deep
• 28-1/2" H cupboard or bookcase w/1 shelf (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• Three 10-1/2" high drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Cupboard shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and mark-
erboard units• Last model digit indicates locker
hinge location
A B C D E
77
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
186.0# $ 2974
$ 58 186.0# 2974
58
194.0# 3208
63 194.0# 3208
63
194.0# 4086
78 194.0# 4086
78
78
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
KeyOption
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D330B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D330B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D330C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D330C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D330CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 18" 7CFL3061518/3D330CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
7CFL
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker,
18" Deep
• 33" H cupboard or bookcase w/1 shelf (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• One 6" high drawer, two 10-1/2" high
drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Bookcase shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and mark-
erboard units• Last model digit indicates locker
hinge location
A B C D E
79
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
182.0# $ 2801
$ 54 182.0# 2801
54
191.0# 3040
58 191.0# 3040
58
191.0# 4011
77 191.0# 4011
77
80
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
KeyOption
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/2D360B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/2D360B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/2D360C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/2D360C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/2D360CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/2D360CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
7CFL
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker,
24" Deep
• 36" H cupboard or bookcase w/2 shelves (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• Two 12" high drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Cupboard shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and mark-
erboard units• Last model digit indicates locker
hinge location
A B C D E
81
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
188.0# $ 2979
$ 58 188.0# 2979
58
196.0# 3246
63 196.0# 3246
63
196.0# 4717
93 196.0# 4717
93
82
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
KeyOption
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D300B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D300B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D300C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D300C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D300CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D300CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
7CFL
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker,
24" Deep
• 30" H cupboard or bookcase w/1 shelf (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• One 6" high drawer, two 12" high
drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Markerboard shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and mark-
erboard units• Last model digit indicates locker
hinge location
A B C D E
83
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
199.0# $ 2983
$ 58 199.0# 2983
58
208.0# 3211
63 208.0# 3211
63
208.0# 4184
79 208.0# 4184
79
84
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
KeyOption
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D285B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D285B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D285C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D285C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D285CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D285CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
7CFL
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker,
24" Deep
• 28-1/2" H cupboard or bookcase w/1 shelf (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• Three 10-1/2" high drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Cupboard shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and mark-
erboard units• Last model digit indicates locker
hinge location
A B C D E
85
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
208.0# $ 3162
$ 60 208.0# 3162
60
231.0# 3376
67 231.0# 3376
67
231.0# 4253
81 231.0# 4253
81
86
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
Folder BarsFiles are configured for side-to-side media storage. For alternative configurations, see the General Information section.
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
KeyOption
Locker Left, Bookcase Right 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D330B/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Bookcase Left 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D330B/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Cupboard Right 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D330C/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Cupboard Left 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D330C/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Left, Markerboard Right 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D330CMB/6FLL □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Locker Right, Markerboard Left 30 x 24" 7CFL3061524/3D330CMB/6FLR □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
7CFL
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker,
24" Deep
• 33" H cupboard or bookcase w/1 shelf (files 2 rows of binders)
• 1-1/2" tie bar shelf• One 6" high drawer, two 10-1/2" high
drawers• 6" wide full length door (left or right
side) with coat rod• Full length pull and lock• Bookcase shown in picture• Two locks per bookcase unit• Three locks per cupboard and mark-
erboard units• Last model digit indicates locker
hinge location
A B C D E
87
Preconfigured Locker Units 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
199.0# $ 2983
$ 58 199.0# 2983
58
208.0# 3211
63 208.0# 3211
63
208.0# 4184
79 208.0# 4184
79
88
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
27" Multimedia Storage Cabinet With 1 Shelf 30 x 18 x 27" S7L/30240HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
• Available with one adjustable blank shelf With 1 Shelf 36 x 18 x 27" S7L/36240HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
105.0#
With 1 Shelf 42 x 18 x 27" S7L/42240HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
121.0#
S7CBU
33-1/2" Multimedia Storage Cabinet With 1 Shelf 30 x 18 x 33-1/8" S7L/30300HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
105.0#
• Available with one adjustable blank shelf With 1 Shelf 36 x 18 x 33-1/8" S7L/36300HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
121.0#
With 1 Shelf 42 x 18 x 33-1/8" S7L/42300HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
137.0#
S7CBU
39-1/4" Multimedia Storage Cabinet With 2 Shelves 30 x 18 x 39-1/4" S7L/30360HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
121.0#
• Available with two adjustable blank shelves
With 2 Shelves 36 x 18 x 39-1/4" S7L/36360HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
137.0#
With 2 Shelves 42 x 18 x 39-1/4" S7L/42360HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
152.0#
S7CBU
A B C D
89
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 774
840
897
$ 870
962
1020
$ 962
1038
1135
90
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
51-1/2" Multimedia Storage Cabinet With 2 Shelves 30 x 18 x 51-1/2" S7L/30480HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
150.0#
• Available with two adjustable blank shelves
With 2 Shelves 36 x 18 x 51-1/2" S7L/36480HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
160.0#
With 2 Shelves 42 x 18 x 51-1/2" S7L/42480HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
180.0#
S7CBU
56-3/32" Multimedia Storage Cabinet With 2 Shelves 30 x 18 x 56-3/32" S7L/30525HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
160.0#
• Available with two adjustable blank shelves
With 2 Shelves 36 x 18 x 56-3/32" S7L/36525HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
170.0#
With 2 Shelves 42 x 18 x 56-3/32" S7L/42525HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
190.0#
S7CBU
A B C D
91
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 1038
1190
1342
$ 1222
1305
1380
92
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
63-3/4" Multimedia Storage Cabinet With 3 Shelves 30 x 18 x 63-3/4" S7L/30600HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
175.0#
• Available with three adjustable blank shelves
With 3 Shelves 36 x 18 x 63-3/4" S7L/36600HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
190.0#
With 3 Shelves 42 x 18 x 63-3/4" S7L/42600HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
225.0#
S7CBU
65-9/32" Multimedia Storage Cabinet With 3 Shelves 30 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/30615HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
180.0#
• Available with three adjustable blank shelves
With 3 Shelves 36 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/36615HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
195.0#
With 3 Shelves 42 x 18 x 65-9/32" S7L/42615HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
230.0#
S7CBU
77-17/32" Multimedia Storage Cabinet With 4 Shelves 30 x 18 x 77-17/32" S7L/30735HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
210.0#
• Available with four adjustable blank shelves
With 4 Shelves 36 x 18 x 77-17/32" S7L/36735HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
230.0#
S7CBU
A B C D
93
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 1238
1320
1510
$ 1238
1320
1510
$ 1504
1646
94
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
69-7/8" Multimedia Storage Cabinet No Shelf 30 x 18 x 69-7/8" S7L/30660HX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
• All internal accessories must be ordered separately
No Shelf 36 x 18 x 69-7/8" S7L/36660HX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
102.0#
S7CBU
A B C D
95
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 1225
1304
96
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
26-7/8" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 26-7/8" S7L/30240OVHD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
70.0#
• For placement on top of similar width cabinet; not for floor installation
• Available with one adjustable blank shelf• Lock located at bottom of cabinet
36 x 18 x 26-7/8" S7L/36240OVHD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
80.0#
42 x 18 x 26-7/8" S7L/42240OVHD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
S7OV
26-7/8" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 26-7/8" S7L/30240OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42.0#
• Interiors to be specified separately at time of configuration
• For placement on top of similar width cabinet; not for floor installation
• Lock located at bottom of cabinet
36 x 18 x 26-7/8" S7L/36240OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
50.0#
42 x 18 x 26-7/8" S7L/42240OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
56.0#
S7OV
31-15/32" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 31-15/32" S7L/30285OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
48.0#
36 x 18 x 31-15/32" S7L/36285OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
56.0#
• Interiors to be specified separately at time of configuration
• For placement on top of similar width cabinet; not for floor installation
• Lock located at bottom of cabinet
42 x 18 x 31-15/32" S7L/42285OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
63.0#
S7OV
33" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 33" S7L/30300OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
52.0#
• Interiors to be specified separately at time of configuration
• For placement on top of similar width cabinet; not for floor installation
• Lock located at bottom of cabinet
36 x 18 x 33" S7L/36300OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
60.0#
42 x 18 x 33" S7L/42300OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
67.0#
S7OV
34-17/32" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 34-17/32" S7L/30315OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
54.0#
36 x 18 x 34-17/32" S7L/36315OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
62.0#
• Interiors to be specified separately at time of configuration
• For placement on top of similar width cabinet; not for floor installation
• Lock located at bottom of cabinet
42 x 18 x 34-17/32" S7L/42315OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
69.0#
S7OV
A B C D
97
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 814
850
927
$ 744
777
821
$ 829
863
922
$ 834
874
928
$ 835
879
934
98
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
39-1/8" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 39-1/8" S7L/30360OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
58.0#
• Interiors to be specified separately at time of configuration
• For placement on top of similar width cabinet; not for floor installation
• Lock located at bottom of cabinet
36 x 18 x 39-1/8" S7L/36360OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
68.0#
42 x 18 x 39-1/8" S7L/42360OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
75.0#
S7OV
43-23/32" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 43-23/32" S7L/30405OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
68.0#
36 x 18 x 43-23/32" S7L/36405OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
75.0#
• Interiors to be specified separately at time of configuration
• For placement on top of similar width cabinet; not for floor installation
• Lock located at bottom of cabinet
42 x 18 x 43-23/32" S7L/42405OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
82.0#
S7OV
46-25/32" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 46-25/32" S7L/30435OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
71.0#
36 x 18 x 46-25/32" S7L/36435OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
78.0#
• Interiors to be specified separately at time of configuration
• For placement on top of similar width cabinet; not for floor installation
• Lock located at bottom of cabinet
42 x 18 x 46-25/32" S7L/42435OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
85.0#
S7OV
51-3/8" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 51-3/8" S7L/30480OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
76.0#
• Interiors to be specified separately at time of configuration
• For placement on top of similar width cabinet; not for floor installation
• Lock located at bottom of cabinet
36 x 18 x 51-3/8" S7L/36480OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
83.0#
42 x 18 x 51-3/8" S7L/42480OVHX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
90.0#
S7OV
A B C D
99
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 896
942
999
$ 962
1009
1067
$ 979
1028
1075
$ 984
1042
1094
100
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Curve Multimedia Storage Cabinets
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
KeyOption
26-7/8" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet With 1 Shelf 30 x 18" S7CL30240OVHD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• For placement on top of similar width cabinet; not for floor installation
• Available with one adjustable blank shelf• Lock located at bottom of cabinet
With 1 Shelf 36 x 18" S7CL36240OVHD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
With 1 Shelf 42 x 18" S7CL42240OVHD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7CC
56-3/32" Multimedia Storage Cabinet With 2 Shelves 36 x 18" S7CL36525HD □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Available with two adjustable blank shelves or without any shelves
S7CC
A B C D E
101
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Curve Multimedia Storage Cabinets
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
70.0# $ 912
$ 15 80.0# 951
16
95.0# 1037
21
170.0# $ 1462
$ 15
102
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
KeyOption
27" Storage Cabinet 1 Shelf 30 x 18" S7LF/30240HDX □ □ □ □ □
70.0#
• One adjustable shelf• Hinges and mounting hardware included• Depth dimension does not include thick-
ness of drawer front
1 Shelf 36 x 18" S7LF/36240HDX □ □ □ □ □
90.0#
1 Shelf 42 x 18" S7LF/42240HDX □ □ □ □ □
105.0#
S7CBO
39-1/4" Storage Cabinet 1 Shelf 30 x 18" S7LF/30360HDX □ □ □ □ □
80.0#
• One adjustable shelf• Hinges and mounting hardware included• Depth dimension does not include thick-
ness of drawer front
1 Shelf 36 x 18" S7LF/36360HDX □ □ □ □ □
105.0#
1 Shelf 42 x 18" S7LF/42360HDX □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
S7CBO
51-1/2" Storage Cabinet 2 Shelves 30 x 18" S7LF/30480HDX □ □ □ □ □
125.0#
• Two adjustable shelves• Hinges and mounting hardware included• Depth dimension does not include thick-
ness of drawer front
2 Shelves 36 x 18" S7LF/36480HDX □ □ □ □ □
135.0#
2 Shelves 42 x 18" S7LF/42480HDX □ □ □ □ □
155.0#
S7CBO
56-3/32" Storage Cabinet 2 Shelves 30 x 18" S7LF/30525HDX □ □ □ □ □
145.0#
• Two adjustable shelves• Hinges and mounting hardware included• Depth dimension does not include thick-
ness of drawer front
2 Shelves 36 x 18" S7LF/36525HDX □ □ □ □ □
155.0#
2 Shelves 42 x 18" S7LF/42525HDX □ □ □ □ □
190.0#
S7CBO
A B C
103
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 665
708
729
$ 775
828
860
$ 874
931
968
$ 1036
1098
1181
104
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® OF Flush Top Veneer Fronts
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select veneer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select pull color optional front. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
VeneerColor
Pull Color Optional Front
KeyOption
27" Storage Cabinet with Wood Doors 30 x 18-7/8" S7LF/30240HW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
• One adjustable shelf• Veneer door with center pulls• Includes all necessary installation
hardware
36 x 18-7/8" S7LF/36240HW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
105.0#
42 x 18-7/8" S7LF/42240HW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
121.0#
S7CBO
39-1/4" Storage Cabinet with Wood Doors 30 x 18-7/8" S7LF/30360HW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
121.0#
36 x 18-7/8" S7LF/36360HW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
137.0#
• One adjustable shelf• Veneer door with center pulls• Includes all necessary installation
hardware
42 x 18-7/8" S7LF/42360HW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
152.0#
S7CBO
51-1/2" Storage Cabinet with Wood Doors 30 x 18-7/8" S7LF/30480HW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
150.0#
36 x 18-7/8" S7LF/36480HW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
160.0#
• Two adjustable shelves• Veneer door with center pulls• Includes all necessary installation
hardware
42 x 18-7/8" S7LF/42480HW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
170.0#
S7CBO
56-3/32" Storage Cabinet with Wood
Doors
30 x 18-7/8" S7LF/30525HW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
160.0#
36 x 18-7/8" S7LF/36525HW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
170.0#
• Two adjustable shelves• Veneer door with center pulls• Includes all necessary installation
hardware
42 x 18-7/8" S7LF/42525HW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
190.0#
S7CBO
A B C D E
105
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® OF Flush Top Veneer Fronts
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 1195
1281
1380
$ 1501
1694
1809
$ 1824
2023
1707
$ 2056
2258
2426
106
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Fronts
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select front surface finish. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select pull color optional front. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
FrontSurfaceFinish
Pull Color Optional Front
KeyOption
27" Storage Cabinet with Laminate Doors 30 x 18-7/8" S7LE/30240HL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
36 x 18-7/8" S7LE/36240HL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
105.0#
• One adjustable shelf• Laminate door with center pulls• Self edge on all sides• Includes all necessary installation
hardware
42 x 18-7/8" S7LE/42240HL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
121.0#
S7CBO
39-1/4" Storage Cabinet with Laminate
Doors
30 x 18-7/8" S7LE/30360HL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
121.0#
36 x 18-7/8" S7LE/36360HL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
137.0#
• One adjustable shelf• Laminate door with center pulls• Self edge on all sides• Includes all necessary installation
hardware
42 x 18-7/8" S7LE/42360HL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
152.0#
S7CBO
51-1/2" Storage Cabinet with Laminate
Doors
30 x 18-7/8" S7LE/30480HL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
150.0#
36 x 18-7/8" S7LE/36480HL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
160.0#
• Two adjustable shelves• Laminate door with center pulls• Self edge on all sides• Includes all necessary installation
hardware
42 x 18-7/8" S7LE/42480HL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
170.0#
S7CBO
56-3/32" Storage Cabinet with Laminate
Doors
30 x 18-7/8" S7LE/30525HL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
160.0#
36 x 18-7/8" S7LE/36525HL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
170.0#
• Two adjustable shelves• Laminate door with center pulls• Self edge on all sides• Includes all necessary installation
hardware
42 x 18-7/8" S7LE/42525HL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
190.0#
S7CBO
A B C D E
107
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Fronts
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 949
974
1054
$ 1213
1272
1344
$ 1543
1623
1707
$ 1766
1838
1980
108
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Overfile Cabinets
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
16-5/32" Overfi le Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 16-5/32" S7L/30135OV1F □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
46.0#
• One 13" receding door• For placement on the top of similar width
cabinet; not for floor installation• Lock located at bottom of cabinet• Lower units must be drilled to accept
four 1/4-20 bolts to secure unit
36 x 18 x 16-5/32" S7L/36135OV1F □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
52.0#
42 x 18 x 16-5/32" S7L/42135OV1F □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
56.0#
S7OV
17-11/16" Overfi le Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 17-11/16" S7L/30150OV1F □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
50.0#
• One 15" receding door• For placement on the top of similar width
cabinet; not for floor installation• Lock located at bottom of cabinet• Lower units must be drilled to accept
four 1/4-20 bolts to secure unit
36 x 18 x 17-11/16" S7L/36150OV1F □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
56.0#
42 x 18 x 17-11/16" S7L/42150OV1F □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
62.0#
S7OV
31-15/32" Overfi le Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 31-15/32" S7L/30285OV2F □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
87.0#
• Two 13-1/2" receding doors• One slotted tie bar shelf with 3 dividers• For placement on the top of similar width
cabinet; not for floor installation• Lock located at bottom of cabinet• Lower units must be drilled to accept
four 1/4-20 bolts to secure unit
36 x 18 x 31-15/32" S7L/36285OV2F □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
98.0#
42 x 18 x 31-15/32" S7L/42285OV2F □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
108.0#
S7OV
34-17/32" Overfi le Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 34-17/32" S7L/30315OV2F □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
94.0#
• Two 15" receding doors• One slotted tie bar shelf with 3 dividers• For placement on the top of similar width
cabinet; not for floor installation• Lock located at bottom of cabinet• Lower units must be drilled to accept
four 1/4-20 bolts to secure unit
36 x 18 x 34-17/32" S7L/36315OV2F □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
107.0#
42 x 18 x 34-17/32" S7L/42315OV2F □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
119.0#
S7OV
A B C D
109
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Overfile Cabinets
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 610
685
695
$ 574
696
741
$ 914
950
1034
$ 1019
1059
1152
110
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Overfile Cabinets
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. CLSC - Classic (inset pull)
C Select unit color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
46-25/32" Overfi le Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 46-25/32" S7L/30435OV3F CLSC □ □ □ □ □
127.0#
• Three 13-1/2" receding doors• One slotted tie bar shelf with 3 dividers• For placement on the top of similar width
cabinet; not for floor installation• Lock located at bottom of cabinet• Lower units must be drilled to accept
four 1/4-20 bolts to secure unit
36 x 18 x 46-25/32" S7L/36435OV3F CLSC □ □ □ □ □
144.0#
42 x 18 x 46-25/32" S7L/42435OV3F CLSC □ □ □ □ □
160.0#
S7OV
51-3/8" Overfi le Storage Cabinet 30 x 18 x 51-3/8" S7L/30480OV3F CLSC □ □ □ □ □
140.0#
• Three 15" receding doors• Two slotted tie bar shelves with 3 divid-
ers• For placement on the top of similar width
cabinet; not for floor installation• Lock located at bottom of cabinet• Lower units must be drilled to accept
four 1/4-20 bolts to secure unit
36 x 18 x 51-3/8" S7L/36480OV3F CLSC □ □ □ □ □
158.0#
42 x 18 x 51-3/8" S7L/42480OV3F CLSC □ □ □ □ □
177.0#
S7OV
A B C D
111
Preconfigured Storage 700 Series® Overfile Cabinets
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 1211
1261
1359
$ 1363
1411
1509
112
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Lateral File Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
MODEL Features W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
Type "A" Folder Bars Side-to-side 30" S7L/30FBA
3.0#
• Files one row legal or letter, side-to-side• Priced per set• Installs in 10-1/2, 12, 13-1/2, and 15"
drawers and similar sized receding door rollout shelf combinations
• Black finish only
Side-to-side 36" S7L/36FBA
3.0#
Side-to-side 42" S7L/42FBA
4.0#
LTACU
Type "E" Folder Bars Side-to-side 30" S7L/30FBE
5.0#
• EDP interior for print-outs• Files one row side-to-side• Installs in 13-1/2, and 15" drawers and
15" receding door rollout shelf combina-tions. Not for installation behind 13-1/2" receding doors
• Priced per unit• Black finish only
Side-to-side 36" S7L/36FBE
5.0#
Side-to-side 42" S7L/42FBE
7.0#
LTACU
Type "K" Folder Bars Front-to-back S7L/334FBK
5.0#
• Converts side-to-side filing to front-to-back filing
• One set (two bars) required per row of filing
• Priced per set of two• Legal or letter
LTACU
Type "J" Folder Bars Front-to-back S7L/334FBJ
5.0#
• For EDP filing front-to-back• One set (two bars) required per row of
filing• Priced per set of two
LTACU
Counterbalance S7L/CBW35
35.0#
• For lateral file units• Recommended unless cabinets are
ganged• Factory installed, if specified
S7L/CBW50
50.0#
S7L/CBW60
60.0#
LTACU
A
113
Lateral File Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 34
34
34
$ 76
76
76
$ 15
$ 23
$ 125
161
201
114
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Lateral File Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
Drawer Organizer 30 x 15-7/8 x 4" S7L/30MEDKIT
8.0#
• For installation in 6", 7-1/2", 9" or box lateral file drawers
• Black finish only
36 x 15-7/8 x 4" S7L/36MEDKIT
8.0#
42 x 15-7/8 x 4" S7L/42MEDKIT
9.0#
LTACU
Organizer Front Pan 30 x 1 x 4" S7L/30MEDPAN
2.0#
• Attaches to sides of 6", 7-1/2", 9" or box drawer body
• Field installation on product manufac-tured prior to January 1995 will require drilling 4 holes in the drawer
• Black finish only
36 x 1 x 4" S7L/36MEDPAN
2.0#
42 x 1 x 4" S7L/42MEDPAN
2.0#
LTACU
Organizer Partition 1/2 x 16 x 4" S7L/334MPART
1.0#
• Front-to-back partition must be used with organizer front pan
• Priced individually• Black finish only
LTACU
Organizer Divider 4 x 4" S7L/334DIV40
1.0#
• Side-to-side divider• Models listed provide 4", 5", 6" or 8" clear
width• Black finish only
5 x 4" S7L/334DIV50
1.0#
6 x 4" S7L/334DIV60
1.0#
8 x 4" S7L/334DIV80
1.0#
LTACU
6" Dividers 6" S7L/3346DV
3.0#
• For 6" rollout shelves and 6", 7-1/2", and 9" drawers
• Sold in packs of 3• Black finish only
LTACU
Plate Dividers 12" S7L/33412DV
3.0#
• For 10-1/2", 12", 13-1/2", and 15" rollout shelves and drawers• Sold in packs of 3• Black finish only
LTACU
A
115
Lateral File Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 156
192
192
$ 58
58
68
$ 16
$ 9
9
9
9
$ 42
$ 35
116
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Lateral File Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
MODEL Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
Legal/Letter Conversion S7L/30LL
3.0#
• Black finish only• To be used when filing letter-size folders
side-to-side
S7L/36LL
3.0#
S7L/42LL
3.0#
LTACU
EDP Legal/Letter Conversion S7L/30LLETS
3.0#
• Black finish only• To be used when filing letter-size folders
side-to-side
S7L/36LLETS
3.0#
S7L/42LLETS
3.0#
LTACU
Compressor Follower 27 x 8" S7L/30CF
3.0#
• Installs in 12, 13-1/2, and 15" drawers and receding door/rollout shelf combina-tions
• All installation hardware included• Black finish only• Compressor moves side-to-side
33 x 8" S7L/36CF
4.0#
39 x 8" S7L/42CF
4.0#
LTACU
Touch-up Paint S7L/97003 □ □
2.0#
• Specify color code• One-ounce brush application
LTACU
Coat Rod 30" S7L/30CR
8.0#
• Includes mounting hardware• For installation behind hinged doors• Fixed blank shelf may be installed
directly above. Specify separately
36" S7L/36CR
8.0#
42" S7L/42CR
8.0#
LTACU
P-Series Keys Lock/Core Set 2.KP20522
0.4#
HRDPT • Extractor key used for core removal Master Key 2.KP20550
0.2#
Extractor Key 2.KP20551
0.2#
Key Blank 2.KP20552
0.2#
Cut Key 2.KP20557
0.2#
700 Series® Files Lateral Toppers 30 x 18" S7L/30DT □ □
9.0#
• Fixed to the top with double stick tape• For aesthetic appeal
36 x 18" S7L/36DT □ □
9.0#
42 x 18" S7L/42DT □ □
9.0#
LTACU
A B
117
Lateral File Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 16
16
16
$ 16
16
16
$ 47
47
47
$ 36
$ 42
42
42
$ 12
9
9
3
4
$ 249
258
267
118
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Computer Media Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
Reel Insert Shelf for Storage Cabinets/
Doors
30 x 10-1/2 x 7-1/2" S7L/30RRC
9.0#
36 x 10-1/2 x 7-1/2" S7L/36RRC
10.0#
• Installs behind 12", 13-1/2" and 15" receding doors and hinged doors; check reel size
• 30" unit accepts 21 reels• 36" unit accepts 26 reels• 42" unit accepts 30 reels• Black finish only
42 x 10-1/2 x 7-1/2" S7L/42RRC
11.0#
LTACU
Reel Insert for Drawers 30 x 10-1/2 x 7-1/2" S7L/30RRF
9.0#
• Installs in 10-1/2", 12", 13-1/2", and 15" drawers; check reel size
• 30" unit accepts 20 reels• 36" unit accepts 24 reels• 42" unit accepts 29 reels• Black finish only
36 x 10-1/2 x 7-1/2" S7L/36RRF
10.0#
42 x 10-1/2 x 7-1/2" S7L/42RRF
11.0#
LTACU
Binder Frame for Computer Print-outs 30 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/30KIF
7.0#
• For use with binder hanger 334KIH (not included), see below
• Installs behind hinged door or 15" reced-ing door
• Black finish only
36 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/36KIF
8.0#
LTACU 42 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/42KIF
9.0#
Binder Hanger S7L/334KIH
1.0#
• Hangs on binder frame KIF• Metal channel with plastic T-bar• Allow one for every 3" of filing width• Channel is Dark Tone enamel finish• Priced individually
LTACU
Binder Frame: WrightLine 30 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/30WLD
7.0#
• Installs behind hinged doors or 13-1/2" and 15" receding doors
• Accepts one for every 3" of filing width• Black finish only
36 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/36WLD
8.0#
42 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/42WLD
9.0#
LTACU
A
119
Computer Media Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 125
125
125
$ 129
129
129
$ 116
116
116
$ 15
$ 116
116
116
120
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Computer Media Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
Binder Frame: Acco Data 30 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/30ADF
7.0#
• Installs behind hinged doors• Not recommended behind 15" receding
door• Black finish only
36 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/36ADF
8.0#
42 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/42ADF
9.0#
LTACU
A
121
Computer Media Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 116
116
116
122
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Cupboard Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
Adjustable Blank Shelf 30" S7L/30BS
6.0#
• May be installed behind hinged or reced-ing doors
• Black finish only• Included brackets
36" S7L/36BS
7.0#
LTACU 42" S7L/42BS
8.0#
Slotted Shelf 30" S7L/30SS
8.0#
• Accepts 33412DV dividers• May be installed behind 12", 13-1/2", or
15" receding doors or hinged cupboard doors
• All internal accessories must be speci-fied separately
• Black finish only• Includes brackets
36" S7L/36SS
10.0#
42" S7L/42SS
11.0#
LTACU
Coat Rod 30" S7L/30CR
8.0#
• Includes mounting hardware• For installation behind hinged doors• Fixed blank shelf may be installed
directly above. Specify separately
36" S7L/36CR
8.0#
42" S7L/42CR
8.0#
LTACU
Fixed End Tab Shelf 30" S7L/30ETSC
8.0#
• End tab shelf for cupboards only• Installs behind hinged doors• Accepts 33412DV dividers• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Black finish only
36" S7L/36ETSC
10.0#
42" S7L/42ETSC
11.0#
LTACU
Reel Insert 30 x 10-1/2 x 7-1/2" S7L/30RRC
9.0#
• Installs behind hinged doors; check reel size
• 30" unit accepts 20 reels• 36" unit accepts 24 reels• 42" unit accepts 29 reels• Black finish only
36 x 10-1/2 x 7-1/2" S7L/36RRC
10.0#
42 x 10-1/2 x 7-1/2" S7L/42RRC
11.0#
LTACU
A
123
Cupboard Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 83
83
83
$ 116
116
116
$ 42
42
42
$ 116
131
148
$ 125
125
125
124
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Cupboard Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
Binder Frame: Acco Data 30 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/30ADF
7.0#
• Installs behind hinged doors• Not recommended behind 15" receding
doors• Black finish only
36 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/36ADF
8.0#
42 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/42ADF
9.0#
LTACU
Binder Frame: Wrightline 30 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/30WLD
7.0#
• Installs behind hinged doors or 13-1/2" and 15" receding doors
• Accepts center hanging channel (not included)
• Black finish only
36 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/36WLD
8.0#
42 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/42WLD
9.0#
LTACU
Binder Frame for Computer Print-outs 30 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/30KIF
7.0#
• For use with binder hanger 334KIH (not included), see below
• Installs behind hinged door or 15" reced-ing door
• Black finish only
36 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/36KIF
8.0#
LTACU 42 x 16-1/2 x 1-1/2" S7L/42KIF
9.0#
Binder Hanger S7L/334KIH
1.0#
• Hangs on binder frame KIF• Metal channel with plastic T-bar• Allow one for every 3" of filing width• Channel is Dark Tone enamel finish• Priced individually
LTACU
12" Plate Divider (3 Pack) 12" S7L/33412DV
3.0#
• For slotted shelves, 10-1/2" and 12" drawers
• Sold in packs of 3• Black finish only
LTACU
Thin Blank Shelf (Screw Mount) 30" S7L/30TBS
6.0#
• May be installed behind hinged or reced-ing doors
• Black finish only
36" S7L/36TBS
7.0#
42" S7L/42TBS
8.0#
LTACU
A
125
Cupboard Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 116
116
116
$ 116
116
116
$ 116
116
116
$ 15
$ 35
$ 133
142
151
126
700 Series® Custom-Built Lateral Files General Information
GENERAL INFORMATION
To meet specific filing requirements, 700 Series lateral file and storage cabinet units can be created from an unparalleled selection of cabinet sizes and specialized interior options. The section includes shells and corresponding drawers, receding doors, storage cabinets and legal/letter and EDP interiors.
Cabinet shells are available in three widths and 40 standard heights. Shells are notched in 11/2" increments to accept a wide variety of interior options. Interior options range from 3", 6", 71/2", 9" and 101/2" drawers through 12", 131/2" and 15" drawers and receding doors. Cupboards are also available in numerous heights. Various shelves and computer media storage accessories may be specified behind storage cabinet doors and receding doors.
HeightLateral files and storage cabinets are available in 40 standard heights. Heights include 1/8" allowance for leveling glides fully recessed.
DepthAll lateral files and storage cabinets are 18" deep.
WidthLateral files and storage cabinets are available in three standard widths: 30", 36" and 42".
Drawer DimensionsRefer to the illustrations for the range ofdrawer sizes and the height clearance of each.
CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD FEATURESBasic ShellShell common to lateral file and storage cabinet
Receding Door20-gauge steel with full-width flush inset pull andlabel holder. Equipped with sound absorber. Doorshave guiding mechanism fitted with nylon glides toprevent metal-to-metal contact and ensure effortlessoperation. The diagrams on the following page identify various shelf and drawer combinations & related height clearances behind a receding door. The diagrams illustrate typical use. Additional in-terior options can be installed behind a receding door. Note: Dimensions have been taken from the front raised edge of the rollout shelf.Note: Receding doors cannot be installeddirectly below a drawer.
AccessoriesPlate dividers, 18-gauge steel, notched to lock intoshelf. Folder bars, 30" & 36" (14-gauge steel); 42" (12-gauge steel), offset to maximize strength.Suspended binder frames are constructed of 14- to18-gauge steel. Screw-mounted to cabinet. Can beused behind 131/2" and 15" receding doors andhinged storage cabinet doors.
Adjustable GlidesLateral files and storage cabinets are supplied withfour adjustable glides. The glides can be adjustedfrom inside the cabinet using a 1/4" hex socketwrench, or from outside the cabinet using a 7/8"wrench. Standard glides provide 3/4" adjustment;longer glides are also available. Overall cabinetheights include the glide in its recessed position.
InterlockAll cabinets are equipped with an interlock safetymechanism. This mechanism reduces the poss-ibility of cabinet tipover by permitting only one drawer to be opened at a time. With some unique combinations an individual drawer may not be controlled by the interlock. In these instances a caution label will be affixed to the drawer body.
LocksLocks are standard on all units. The lock is a high-security double-bit type. The double-bit lock offers superior security when compared to a single-bit lock. Units are standard with random keys in a range of994 different numbers. Specific keying combinations are available at no additional charge. This information must be included with the order. Locks can be master keyed. Please see the accessories section of this pricebook for order information on master keys, extractor (core-removal) keys, key blanks, cut keys, and core and key sets. All locks have removable and interchange-able plugs. This feature provides for onsite custom keying. Units can be supplied with the lock plugs installed or shipped separately. To install or remove lock plugs a unique key is required. This key is the extractor (core removal) key and can be found in the accessories section of this price book. Contact Customer Service to order lock accessories. To order plugs for field installation, specify "lock plugs not installed" on order. Order must specify total quantity of specific key-numbered locks.
Example: 30 plugs: 3 keyed alike 10 keyed alike 17 keyed alike
Commercial Pack This is the standard pack that KI offers on all files and storage products. This consists of a plastic poly bag placed over the unit, corrugated top and bottom cap, corner blocking and stretch wrap to keep the packaging intact.
Standard Paint Finishes All KI products are iron phosphate treated prior to painting. This process enhances top coat bonding. Powder coat application is a jighbredepoxy. The paint is baked on to provide a scratch and stain resistant surface.
All inside and outside shell and front
surfaces are painted with the same specified paint color. Interior components and access-ories are painted a black finish. Mechanical components are black plated. Powder coated/enamel finish colors shown in Color Addendums are standard and are available where specifications call for painted surfaces
.Special Paint FinishesAll special colors, including other manufact-urers’ standard finishes, are available subject to the following conditions.
1. Two steel color chips (minimum 2.5" x 3.5")
are requested for color matching purposes.
Paper samples are acceptable, however, a
reasonable tolerance must be allowed
when comparing the two variations.
2. All nonstandard colors are available at no
additional charge (excluding hi-chromatic
colors), but may be subject to extended
lead times. Order will not be processed
until color match is approved. Written
confirmation must accompany order.
Nonstock Plastic Laminate SurfacesAdditional laminates are available but may be subject to additional lead time. Other special laminates require an upcharge and additional lead time. Contact KI.
Model Numbering SystemEach character in the basic model number corresponds to a specific unit feature.How to Build a Model NumberExample: 700 Series Custom Built Lateral Files
S7L Product name 700 Series Shell36 Width 36" wide555 Interior height (nominal) 551/2" high Custom BuiltBL Color code Black Insert internal components here…CBW50 Optional 50# Counterbalance weight33412DV Optional 12" Front-to-back filing barsEach internal component has a corresponding character:D Drawer with no interiorsDA Drawer with FBA folder barsDE Drawer with FBE folder barsR Receding doorRS Receding door, rollout shelfRSA Receding door, rollout shelf with FBA folder barsRSE Receding door, rollout shelf with FBE folder barsRED Receding door, end tab shelf with dividersS Rollout shelfBS Blank shelfES End tab shelfSS Slotted shelfCR Coat rodModels are built from the TOP TO THE BOTTOM.The 334 model number for accessories indicates the item may be used in all cabinet widths.NOTE: The unit must SPECIFY optional CBW and accessories as INSTALLED or they will beshipped separately.
S7L 36 555 BL Insert drawer options here CBW50 33412DVOptional Picks
units. Uprights punched to accept interior components on 11/2" centers. Uprights and top and bottom reinforcements are welded into rigid “boxframe.” Constructed of 18- and 20-gauge steel. Seamless back and top with reinforced corners. Illustrated shell heights include 1/8" for adjustable glide in recessed position.
Doors/DrawersDrawer fronts, 20-gauge steel with full-width flush inset pull and label holder. Fronts are screw-mounted to roll-out shelves to build drawers. Roll-out shelf body, 22-gauge steel slotted on 11/2" centers to accept dividers. Leading edge formed to provide handle; center section offset for additional strength. Shelf ends, 19-gauge steel, notched to accept hanging folder bars. Each roll-out shelf equipped with two heavy-duty, three-section, ball-bearing suspensions.Note: Drawers have been tested to accept loads of 125 lbs. This exceeds ANSI/BIFMA X5.9-2004
standards for lateral files when recommendedcounterbalance weight is installed. Hinged door, 20-gauge steel, double-wall construction. Door swing is limited to 110˚ to prevent contact with adjacent cabinet, and self-closing hinges and full height vertical flush inset pull.
ShelvesBlank shelf, 22-gauge steel, formed /8" thick on front and back edges. End Tab Shelf, 20-gauge steel shelf and back, 18-gauge sides. Shelf offset along width to increase strength. Slotted on 1" increments to accept plate dividers.
Lateral files meet or exceed ANSI/BIFMAX5.4-2009 standards.
7
127
700 Series® Custom-Built Lateral Files General Information
*Dimensions have been taken from the front raised edge of rollout shelf. The inside clear dimension wide approximately 1/2" greater.
Hanging File Configurations 30W Cabinet 36W Cabinet 42W Cabinet
Inside Clear Dimensions of Shelf and Drawer Options
6" Rollout ShelfBehind Receding Door
12" Rollout ShelfBehind Receding Door
Blank ShelfBehind Receding Door
End Tab ShelfBehind Receding Door
Inside Drawer and Shelf Dimensions* 30W x 18D Cabinet 36W x 18D Cabinet 42W x 18D Cabinet
W D W D W D
3" Drawer
6" Drawer
71/2" Drawer
9" Drawer
101/2" Drawer
12" Single Rollout Shelf
Blank Shelf
End Tab Filing Shelf
Slotted Shelf
12" Drawer
131/2" Rollout Shelf
131/2" Drawer
15" Single Rollout Shelf
15" Drawer
Cupboard
261/8"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
263/4"
281/2"
151/2"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
163/16"
153/4"
151/2"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
17"
321/8"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
323/4"
341/2"
151/2"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
163/16"
153/4"
151/2"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
17"
381/8"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
383/4"
401/2"
151/2"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
163/16"
153/4"
151/2"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
157/8"
17"
Letter
Legal
EDP
side-to-side
front-to-back
side-to-side
front-to-back
side-to-side
front-to-back
30FBA
30FBA w(2)334FBK
30FBA
w(1)334FBK
30FBE
w(1)334FBJ
36FBA
36FBA w(2)334FBK
36FBA
36FBA w(2)334FBK
36FBE
w(2)334FBJ
42FBA
42FBA
42FBA w(3)334FBK
42FBA w(2)334FBK
42FBE
w(2)334FBJ
3"
6"
71/2"
9"
101/2"
12"
131/2"
15"
43/4"
515/16"
531/32"515/16"
713/16"
515/16"
109/16"
121/32"
133/8"
101/8"
1117/32"
13"
107/16"
121/4"
133/8"
111/4"
123/4"
145/16"
Drawer
29/16"
523/32"
71/4"
825/32"
101/4"
111/2"
131/32"
149/16"
Tie Bar Shelf Below Receding Door
128
700 Series® Custom-Built Lateral Files General Information
CUSTOM UNIT EXAMPLES
Requirement: 30-inch wide cabinet with binder storage in top two openings and legal file storage inbottom two openings. Maximum height, 57".
UnitHeight
InsertHeight
ExtendedPriceQty Description Price Qty
563/32"15"
101/2"12"
521/2" max.30"
101/2"12"
Shell, 5 highReceding doorBlank shelfDrawer w/folder barsDrawer w/folder bars
Model No.S7L/30525S7L/30150RS7L/30BSS7L/30105DAS7L/30120DA
Total insert height:Color code:
521/2" Total Price: $1465
Requirement: 36-inch wide cabinet with miscellaneous stationery storage in top opening, letter filestorage in middle opening, and 14 x 11" EDP file storage in bottom opening.
UnitHeight
InsertHeight
ExtendedPriceQty Description Price Qty
331/8"6"101/2"131/2"
1111
30" max. 6"101/2"131/2"
Shell, 3 highDrawerDrawer w/folder barsDrawer for EDP
1111
$489232276346
$547268166242242
$547134
83242242
12211
12211
$489232276346
$814334116
83804
$814167116
83402
12112
Model No.S7L/36300S7L/36060DS7L/36105DAS7L/36135DE
Total insert height: 30" Total Price: $1343
Requirement: 42-inch wide cabinet with hanging WrightLine 14 x 11" EDP printout storage in topopening, multiple summary report storage in second opening, and EDP print-out storage in bottomtwo openings.
UnitHeight
InsertHeight
ExtendedPriceQty Description Model No. Price Qty
659/32"15"
15"
12112
60" max.30"
30"
Shell, 5 highReceding doorWrightLineBlank shelfDrawer for EDP
S7L/42615S7L/42150RS7L/42WLDS7L/42BSS7L/42150DE
Total insert height:Color code:
60" Total Price: $2151
Note: Structural Filler ShelfAll 42" wide units taller than 659/32" require a 11/2" structural tie bar shelf nominally loacated between 251/2" and 36” from the top of the cabinet based on configuration.
TERMINOLOGY
BIFMA. "Business and Institutional FurnitureManufacturer's Association" set minimumstandards by which contract furnituremanufacturers measure the performance of their products.
Clear Filing Height. The available, unobstructedstorage space in a drawer or on a shelf.
Counterbalance Weight. A weight affixed into theinside back of the file to minimize the possibility of the cabinet tipping over when a fully loaded draweris opened.
"Double Bit" Lock. A lock plug with metal wafers or"bits" on opposing sides of the channel in whichthe key fits. The corresponding key has teeth onboth sides of its blade. The double bit systemprovides greater security and a wider variety ofkeying options when compared to single bit locks.
End Tab Filing. Describes storage materials whichhave the identification tab at the short end of thefile folder. The tab is seen from the side, not thetop, of the folder.
Tie Bar. Used to complete the available filing heightwhen no insert is required or where no insert isavailable to complete the remaining height.Required on 5 and 6-high cabinets. (Perpendicularto the width of the cabinet).
Folder Bars. The heavy gauge steel bars that fit into a drawer to suspend hanging folders and computer print-out binders. Available for side-to-side (across the width of the cabinet) and front-to-back filing.
Ganging. Describes the bolting together of cabinetswhen installed side by side. Enhances safety.
Glides. Adjustable large footed bolts that screw intothe four bottom corners of all lateral files,cupboards, and pedestals; adjusts the level andheight of a cabinet.
Interlock. A safety mechanism installed in all lateralfiles. Prevents opening more than one drawer at atime. Minimizes the possibility of the cabinettipping over.
Lock Plug. The removable center portion of thelock. With a special key, lock plugs can beremoved to allow for customer keyingconfigurations after the lateral files or pedestalshave been installed.
Posting Shelf. A horizontal extendible worksurfacethat can fit into a 11/2" opening of a lateral file, inplace of a tie bar.
Receding Door. Sometimes called a "flipper door";the door opens by lifting it at the bottom andsliding it into the file on a horizontal plane.
Suspensions. Sometimes called "glides;" the ballbearing support mechanism on which a rolloutshelf or drawer operates.
"X" High. (ie. 2 high, 3 high, etc.) The nominalheight of a unity measured in 12-inch increments.
x = x =
x = =x
x = =x
129
700 Series® Custom-Built Lateral Files General Information
WORKSHEET
Unit Insert Extended Height x Qty = Height Description Model No. Price x Qty = Price
T otal insert height: T otal Price: $ Color code:
HOW TO ORDER A CUSTOM UNIT1. Specify the apropriate shell height and width.
2. Specify the required number of internal components from the TOP to the BOTTOM of the shell.
3. Be certain the dimensions of the components add up to match the available interior shell height.
4. A 11/2" tie bar/tie bar shelf is required on all shells 659/32" and over and must be specified. Optimally located between 12" from top and 24" from bottom of unit.
5. All units over 659/32" and 42" wide have a structural filler shelf located nominally 251/2" - 39" from the top of the cabinet.
6. Specify interior options directly below the component in which they are required.
7. Specify color code.
General Guidelines• Use this worksheet when specifying components to help build a unit and ensure that all components are in the proper sequence.
• Specify the interior components from the top to the bottom of the cabinet.
• Be sure that the internal components add up to the interior space available in the basic shell.
• In units 659/32" and higher be sure to specify 11/2" tie bar/tie bar shelf following case specific rules.
• Locking tie bar may be substituted for tie bar in units without structural filler shelves.
• Counterbalance weights are recommended for all free standing units.
Note: Hinged cupboard door inserts include 11/2" tie bar shelf, additional tie bar not required.
Guidelines for Ordering Components• Receding doors are recommended when the top of the component is above eye level or approximately 50" from the floor.
• The quantity of rollout components specified behind a receding door is limited only by the interior component height.
• Rollout components should not be specified in openings above eye level.
• In most instances, interior accessories are not included with components and must be specified separately.
• Locks are included in all units.
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
39
42
45
48
51
54
57
60
63
66
69
72
30 36 42
11/2
41/2
71/2
101/2
131/2
161/2
191/2
221/2
251/2
281/2
311/2
341/2
371/2
401/2
431/2
461/2
491/2
521/2
551/2
581/2
611/2
641/2
671/2
701/2
731/2
130
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Accepts Inserts Totaling W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
17-13/16" High Shell 15" 30 x 18" S7L/30150 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
26.0#
15" 36 x 18" S7L/36150 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
32.0#
15" 42 x 18" S7L/42150 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
38.0#
S7LCU
19-11/32" High Shell 16-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30165 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
28.0#
S7LCU 16-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36165 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
35.0#
16-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42165 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
41.0#
20-7/8" High Shell 18" 30 x 18" S7L/30180 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
30.0#
S7LCU 18" 36 x 18" S7L/36180 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
39.0#
18" 42 x 18" S7L/42180 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
44.0#
22-13/32" High Shell 19-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30195 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
33.0#
S7LCU 19-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36195 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
41.0#
19-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42195 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
48.0#
23-15/16" High Shell 21" 30 x 18" S7L/30210 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
37.0#
21" 36 x 18" S7L/36210 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
45.0#
21" 42 x 18" S7L/42210 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
51.0#
S7LCU
25-15/32" High Shell 22-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30225 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
40.0#
S7LCU 22-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36225 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
48.0#
22-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42225 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
54.0#
A B C D
131
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 380
$ 161 434
161
472
161
$ 380
$ 161 434
161
472
161 $ 380
$ 161
434
161 472
161
$ 380
$ 161 434
161
472
161 $ 398
$ 161
454
161 489
161
$ 398
$ 161 454
161
489
161
132
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Accepts Inserts Totaling W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
27" High Shell 24" 30 x 18" S7L/30240 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
42.0#
S7LCU 24" 36 x 18" S7L/36240 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
50.0#
24" 42 x 18" S7L/42240 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
56.0#
28-17/32" High Shell 25-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30255 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
45.0#
S7LCU 25-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36255 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
53.0#
25-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42255 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
60.0#
30-1/16" High Shell 27" 30 x 18" S7L/30270 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
47.0#
S7LCU 27" 36 x 18" S7L/36270 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
55.0#
27" 42 x 18" S7L/42270 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
62.0#
31-19/32" High Shell 28-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30285 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
49.0#
28-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36285 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
57.0#
28-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42285 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
64.0#
S7LCU
33-1/8" High Shell 30" 30 x 18" S7L/30300 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
52.0#
S7LCU 30" 36 x 18" S7L/36300 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
60.0#
30" 42 x 18" S7L/42300 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
67.0#
34-21/32" High Shell 31-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30315 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
54.0#
S7LCU 31-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36315 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
62.0#
31-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42315 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
69.0#
A B C D
133
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 398
$ 161 454
161
489
161 $ 398
$ 161
454
161 489
161
$ 427
$ 161 489
161
587
161 $ 427
$ 161
489
161 587
161
$ 427
$ 161 489
161
587
161 $ 427
$ 161
489
161 587
161
134
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Accepts Inserts Totaling W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
36-3/16" High Shell 33" 30 x 18" S7L/30330 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
56.0#
S7LCU 33" 36 x 18" S7L/36330 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
64.0#
33" 42 x 18" S7L/42330 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
71.0#
37-23/32" High Shell 34-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30345 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
58.0#
S7LCU 34-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36345 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
66.0#
34-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42345 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
73.0#
39-1/4" High Shell 36" 30 x 18" S7L/30360 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
61.0#
S7LCU 36" 36 x 18" S7L/36360 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
68.0#
36" 42 x 18" S7L/42360 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
75.0#
40-25/32" High Shell 37-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30375 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
64.0#
S7LCU 37-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36375 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
71.0#
37-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42375 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
78.0#
42-5/16" High Shell 39" 30 x 18" S7L/30390 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
66.0#
39" 36 x 18" S7L/36390 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
73.0#
39" 42 x 18" S7L/42390 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
80.0#
S7LCU
43-27/32" High Shell 40-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30405 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
68.0#
S7LCU 40-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36405 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
75.0#
40-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42405 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
82.0#
A B C D
135
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 465
$ 161 528
161
605
161 $ 465
$ 161
528
161 605
161
$ 465
$ 161 528
161
605
161 $ 465
$ 161
528
161 605
161
$ 489
$ 161 594
161
692
161
$ 489
$ 161 594
161
692
161
136
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Accepts Inserts Totaling W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
45-3/8" High Shell 42" 30 x 18" S7L/30420 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
70.0#
42" 36 x 18" S7L/36420 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
77.0#
42" 42 x 18" S7L/42420 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
84.0#
S7LCU
46-29/32" High Shell 43-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30435 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
71.0#
S7LCU 43-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36435 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
78.0#
43-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42435 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
85.0#
48-7/16" High Shell 45" 30 x 18" S7L/30450 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
73.0#
S7LCU 45" 36 x 18" S7L/36450 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
80.0#
45" 42 x 18" S7L/42450 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
87.0#
49-31/32" High Shell 46-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30465 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
75.0#
S7LCU 46-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36465 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
82.0#
46-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42465 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
89.0#
51-1/2" High Shell 48" 30 x 18" S7L/30480 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
76.0#
S7LCU 48" 36 x 18" S7L/36480 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
83.0#
48" 42 x 18" S7L/42480 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
90.0#
53-1/32" High Shell 49-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30495 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
78.0#
S7LCU 49-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36495 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
85.0#
49-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42495 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
92.0#
A B C D
137
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 489
$ 161 594
161
692
161
$ 489
$ 161 594
161
692
161 $ 521
$ 161
664
161 774
161
$ 521
$ 161 664
161
774
161 $ 521
$ 125
664
125 774
125
$ 521
$ 125 664
125
774
125
138
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Accepts Inserts Totaling W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
54-9/16" High Shell 51" 30 x 18" S7L/30510 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
79.0#
S7LCU 51" 36 x 18" S7L/36510 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
86.0#
51" 42 x 18" S7L/42510 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
93.0#
56-3/32" High Shell 52-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30525 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
81.0#
52-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36525 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
88.0#
52-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42525 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
S7LCU
57-5/8" High Shell 54" 30 x 18" S7L/30540 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
83.0#
S7LCU 54" 36 x 18" S7L/36540 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
90.0#
54" 42 x 18" S7L/42540 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
97.0#
59-5/32" High Shell 55-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30555 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
84.0#
55-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36555 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
91.0#
55-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42555 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
98.0#
S7LCU
60-11/16" High Shell 57" 30 x 18" S7L/30570 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
85.0#
S7LCU 57" 36 x 18" S7L/36570 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
93.0#
57" 42 x 18" S7L/42570 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
99.0#
62-7/32" High Shell 58-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30585 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
87.0#
S7LCU 58-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36585 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
94.0#
58-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42585 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
101.0#
A B C D
139
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 547
$ 125 671
125
797
125 $ 547
$ 125
671
125 797
125
$ 547
$ 125 671
125
797
125 $ 547
$ 125
671
125 797
125
$ 569
$ 125 681
125
814
125 $ 569
$ 125
681
125 814
125
140
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Accepts Inserts Totaling W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
63-3/4" High Shell 60" 30 x 18" S7L/30600 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
88.0#
S7LCU 60" 36 x 18" S7L/36600 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
60" 42 x 18" S7L/42600 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
102.0#
65-9/32" High Shell 61-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30615 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
91.0#
• 1-1/2" tie bar/tie bar shelf is required, optimally located between 12" from top of unit and 24" from bottom
61-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36615 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
98.0#
61-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42615 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
105.0#
S7LCU
66-13/16" High Shell 63" 30 x 18" S7L/30630 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
92.0#
S7LCU • 1-1/2" tie bar/tie bar shelf is required for 30" and 36" width units, optimally located between 12" from top of unit and 24" from bottom
• 1-1/2" structural filler shelf is required on 42" widths located nominally between 25-1/2" and 39" from the top of the cabinet based on configuration
63" 36 x 18" S7L/36630 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
99.0#
63" 42 x 18" S7L/42630 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
106.0#
68-11/32" High Shell 64-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30645 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
93.0#
• 1-1/2" tie bar/tie bar shelf is required for 30" and 36" width units, optimally located between 12" from top of unit and 24" from bottom
• 1-1/2" structural filler shelf is required on 42" widths located nominally between 25-1/2" and 39" from the top of the cabinet based on configuration
64-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36645 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
100.0#
64-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42645 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
108.0#
S7LCU
A B C D
141
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 569
$ 125 681
125
814
125 $ 569
$ 125
681
125 814
125
$ 636
$ 125 767
125
907
125
$ 636
$ 125 767
125
907
125
142
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Accepts Inserts Totaling W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
69-7/8" High Shell 66" 30 x 18" S7L/30660 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
S7LCU • 1-1/2" tie bar/tie bar shelf is required for 30" and 36" width units, optimally located between 12" from top of unit and 24" from bottom
• 1-1/2" structural filler shelf is required on 42" widths located nominally between 25-1/2" and 39" from the top of the cabinet based on configuration
66" 36 x 18" S7L/36660 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
102.0#
66" 42 x 18" S7L/42660 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
71-13/32" High Shell 67-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30675 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
96.0#
S7LCU • 1-1/2" tie bar/tie bar shelf is required for 30" and 36" width units, optimally located between 12" from top of unit and 24" from bottom
• 1-1/2" structural filler shelf is required on 42" widths located nominally between 25-1/2" and 39" from the top of the cabinet based on configuration
67-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36675 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
101.0#
67-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42675 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
109.0#
72-15/16" High Shell 69" 30 x 18" S7L/30690 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
97.0#
• 1-1/2" tie bar/tie bar shelf is required for 30" and 36" width units, optimally located between 12" from top of unit and 24" from bottom
• 1-1/2" structural filler shelf is required on 42" widths located nominally between 25-1/2" and 39" from the top of the cabinet based on configuration
69" 36 x 18" S7L/36690 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
102.0#
69" 42 x 18" S7L/42690 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
S7LCU
A B C D
143
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 636
$ 125 767
125
907
125
$ 636
$ 125 767
125
907
125
$ 700
$ 125 850
125
1009
125
144
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Accepts Inserts Totaling W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
74-15/32" High Shell 70-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30705 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
99.0#
S7LCU • 1-1/2" tie bar/tie bar shelf is required for 30" and 36" width units, optimally located between 12" from top of unit and 24" from bottom
• 1-1/2" structural filler shelf is required on 42" widths located nominally between 25-1/2" and 39" from the top of the cabinet based on configuration
70-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36705 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
104.0#
70-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42705 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
112.0#
76" High Shell 72" 30 x 18" S7L/30720 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
100.0#
S7LCU • 1-1/2" tie bar/tie bar shelf is required for 30" and 36" width units, optimally located between 12" from top of unit and 24" from bottom
• 1-1/2" structural filler shelf is required on 42" widths located nominally between 25-1/2" and 39" from the top of the cabinet based on configuration
72" 36 x 18" S7L/36720 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
105.0#
72" 42 x 18" S7L/42720 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
113.0#
77-17/32" High Shell 73-1/2" 30 x 18" S7L/30735 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
102.0#
S7LCU • 1-1/2" tie bar/tie bar shelf is required for 30" and 36" width units, optimally located between 12" from top of unit and 24" from bottom
• 1-1/2" structural filler shelf is required on 42" widths located nominally between 25-1/2" and 39" from the top of the cabinet based on configuration
73-1/2" 36 x 18" S7L/36735 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
108.0#
73-1/2" 42 x 18" S7L/42735 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
116.0#
A B C D
145
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shells
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 700
$ 125 850
125
1009
125
$ 700
$ 125 850
125
1009
125
$ 700
$ 125 850
125
1009
125
146
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawers
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
MODEL Accessories Included W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
3" High Drawer None 30" S7L/30030D □ □
13.0#
• Will not accept plate dividers• Specify with caution, not controlled by
safety interlock
None 36" S7L/36030D □ □
16.0#
None 42" S7L/42030D □ □
20.0#
LTACU
6" High Drawers None 30" S7L/30060D □ □
18.0#
• All internal accessories must be speci-fied separately - slotted on 1/2" centers
• Accepts 3346DV dividers
None 36" S7L/36060D □ □
19.0#
None 42" S7L/42060D □ □
23.0#
LTACU
7-1/2" High Drawer None 30" S7L/30075D □ □
18.0#
• All internal accessories must be speci-fied separately - slotted on 1/2" centers
• Accepts 3346DV dividers
None 36" S7L/36075D □ □
19.0#
None 42" S7L/42075D □ □
23.0#
LTACU
9" High Drawer None 30" S7L/30090D □ □
19.0#
• All internal accessories must be speci-fied separately - slotted on 1/2" centers
• Accepts 3346DV dividers
None 36" S7L/36090D □ □
20.0#
None 42" S7L/42090D □ □
24.0#
LTACU
Individual Drawer Lock and Security
Shelf
None 30" S7L/30DL
6.0#
None 36" S7L/36DL
7.0#
• Use on 7-1/2", 9", 12", 13-1/2" and 15" drawers
• Not designed for receding door applica-tions or 10-1/2" drawers
• Includes 20-gauge security shelf, drawer lock and all necessary installation hard-ware
• Must be factory installed• Does not increase insert height
None 42" S7L/42DL
8.0#
LTACU
10-1/2" High Drawer None 30" S7L/30105D □ □
23.0#
• For letter or legal size materials• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Will not accept plate dividers
None 36" S7L/36105D □ □
25.0#
None 42" S7L/42105D □ □
30.0#
LTACU
A B
147
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawers
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 233
247
259
$ 212
232
250
$ 228
248
267
$ 250
276
312
$ 143
143
143
$ 217
242
276
148
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawers
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
MODEL
Accessories
Included W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
10-1/2" High Drawer with Folder Bars FBA bars 30" S7L/30105DA □ □
27.0#
LTACU • Includes FBA folder bars for side-to-side legal or letter hanging files
• Will not accept plate dividers
FBA bars 36" S7L/36105DA □ □
29.0#
FBA bars 42" S7L/42105DA □ □
34.0#
A B
149
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawers
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 242
276
305
150
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawers
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
MODEL Accessories Included W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
12" High Drawer None 30" S7L/30120D □ □
23.0#
• For letter or legal size materials• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately
None 36" S7L/36120D □ □
25.0#
None 42" S7L/42120D □ □
30.0#
LTACU
12" High Drawer with Folder Bars FBA bars 30" S7L/30120DA □ □
27.0#
LTACU • Includes FBA folder bars for side-to-side legal or letter hanging files
FBA bars 36" S7L/36120DA □ □
29.0#
FBA bars 42" S7L/42120DA □ □
34.0#
13-1/2" High Drawer None 30" S7L/30135D □ □
24.0#
• For letter, legal and computer print-out hanging storage
• All internal accessories must be speci-fied separately
None 36" S7L/36135D □ □
27.0#
None 42" S7L/42135D □ □
31.0#
LTACU
13-1/2" High Drawer with Folder Bars FBA bars 30" S7L/30135DA □ □
24.0#
LTACU • Includes FBA folder bars for side-to-side legal or letter hanging files
FBA bars 36" S7L/36135DA □ □
27.0#
FBA bars 42" S7L/42135DA □ □
31.0#
13-1/2" High Drawer with Folder Bars FBE bars 30" S7L/30135DE □ □
30.0#
LTACU • For letter, legal and computer print-out hanging storage
• Includes EDP folder bars for side-to-side hanging print-out files
FBE bars 36" S7L/36135DE □ □
33.0#
FBE bars 42" S7L/42135DE □ □
37.0#
15" High Drawer None 30" S7L/30150D □ □
24.0#
• For EDP print-out storage when specified with E-style folder bars
• All internal accessories must be speci-fied separately
None 36" S7L/36150D □ □
27.0#
None 42" S7L/42150D □ □
31.0#
LTACU
15" High Drawer with Folder Bars FBE bars 30" S7L/30150DE □ □
30.0#
LTACU • For EDP print-out storage• Includes EDP folder bars for side-to-side
hanging print-out files
FBE bars 36" S7L/36150DE □ □
33.0#
FBE bars 42" S7L/42150DE □ □
37.0#
A B
151
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Drawers
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 217
242
276
$ 242
276
305
$ 242
280
317
$ 271
310
345
$ 313
346
402
$ 242
280
317
$ 313
346
402
152
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
MODEL Components Included W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
12" High Receding Door None 30" S7L/30120R □ □
9.0#
• All internal accessories must be ordered separately
None 36" S7L/36120R □ □
10.0#
None 42" S7L/42120R □ □
11.0#
LTACU
12" High Receding Door w/Rollout Shelf Rollout shelf 30" S7L/30120RS □ □
26.0#
• All additional internal accessories must be ordered separately
Rollout shelf 36" S7L/36120RS □ □
28.0#
Rollout shelf 42" S7L/42120RS □ □
31.0#
LTACU
12" High Receding Door w/Rollout Shelf
and Bars
Shelf/FBA bars 30" S7L/30120RSA □ □
30.0#
Shelf/FBA bars 36" S7L/36120RSA □ □
32.0#
• Includes FBA folder bars for side-to-side legal or letter hanging files
Shelf/FBA bars 42" S7L/42120RSA □ □
35.0#
LTACU
12" High Receding Door w/End Tab Filing
Shelf and 3 Dividers
Shelf/Dividers 30" S7L/30120RED □ □
17.0#
Shelf/Dividers 36" S7L/36120RED □ □
20.0#
• Includes 3 dividers Shelf/Dividers 42" S7L/42120RED □ □
22.0#
LTACU
13-1/2" High Receding Door None 30" S7L/30135R □ □
9.0#
• All internal accessories must be ordered separately
None 36" S7L/36135R □ □
10.0#
None 42" S7L/42135R □ □
11.0#
LTACU
13-1/2" High Receding Door w/Rollout
Shelf
Rollout shelf 30" S7L/30135RS □ □
26.0#
Rollout shelf 36" S7L/36135RS □ □
28.0#
• All additional internal accessories must be ordered separately
• Will not accept EDP folder bars
Rollout shelf 42" S7L/42135RS □ □
31.0#
LTACU
13-1/2" High Receding Door w/Rollout
Shelf and Bars
Shelf/FBA bars 30" S7L/30135RSA □ □
32.0#
Shelf/FBA bars 36" S7L/36135RSA □ □
34.0#
• Includes FBA folder bars for side-to-side legal or letter hanging files
Shelf/FBA bars 42" S7L/42135RSA □ □
37.0#
LTACU
13-1/2" High Receding Door w/End Tab
Filing Shelf and 3 Dividers
Shelf/Dividers 30" S7L/30135RED □ □
18.0#
Shelf/Dividers 36" S7L/36135RED □ □
21.0#
• Includes 3 dividers Shelf/Dividers 42" S7L/42135RED □ □
23.0#
LTACU
A B
153
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 100
111
118
$ 247
271
296
$ 276
302
324
$ 242
269
294
$ 134
144
167
$ 262
284
312
$ 288
315
341
$ 261
283
308
154
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
MODEL Components Included W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
15" High Receding Door None 30" S7L/30150R □ □
11.0#
• All internal accessories must be ordered separately
None 36" S7L/36150R □ □
13.0#
None 42" S7L/42150R □ □
15.0#
LTACU
15" High Receding Door w/Rollout Shelf Rollout shelf 30" S7L/30150RS □ □
28.0#
• All additional internal accessories must be ordered separately
Rollout shelf 36" S7L/36150RS □ □
31.0#
Rollout shelf 42" S7L/42150RS □ □
35.0#
LTACU
15" High Receding Door w/Rollout Shelf
and Bars
Shelf/FBE bars 30" S7L/30150RSE □ □
34.0#
Shelf/FBE bars 36" S7L/36150RSE □ □
37.0#
• Includes EDP folder bars for side-to-side hanging print-out files
Shelf/FBE bars 42" S7L/42150RSE □ □
41.0#
LTACU
15" High Receding Door w/End Tab Filing
Shelf and 3 Dividers
Shelf/Dividers 30" S7L/30150RED □ □
19.0#
Shelf/Dividers 36" S7L/36150RED □ □
23.0#
• Includes 3 dividers Shelf/Dividers 42" S7L/42150RED □ □
26.0#
LTACU
A B
155
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 134
144
167
$ 296
341
385
$ 380
422
426
$ 300
342
387
156
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shelves
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
MODEL W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
1-1/2" Posting Shelf 30" S7L/3015PS □ □
9.0#
• Use in place of 1-1/2" tie bar or to oc-cupy 1-1/2" of internal space in shorter cabinets
• Cannot be specified in bottom of cabinet• Cannot be located above filler
36" S7L/3615PS □ □
12.0#
42" S7L/4215PS □ □
15.0#
LTACU
6" Rollout Shelf 30" S7L/30060S
14.0#
• Accepts 3346DV dividers - slotted on 1/2" centers
• Multiples may be installed behind larger receding doors
• All internal accessories must be speci-fied separately
• Black finish only• Does not increase insert height
36" S7L/36060S
15.0#
42" S7L/42060S
16.0#
LTACU
12" Rollout Shelf 30" S7L/30120S
17.0#
• Accepts 33412DV dividers - slotted on 1/2" centers
• Accepts hanging folder bars• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Black finish only• Does not increase insert height• Can be used for End-Tab Filing with
3312DV dividers• Can be used for Binder Storage with
3312DV dividers
36" S7L/36120S
18.0#
42" S7L/42120S
19.0#
LTACU
Fixed End Tab Filing Shelf 30" S7L/30ETS
8.0#
• Accepts 33412DV dividers• For use behind 12", 13-1/2" or 15" reced-
ing doors• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Black finish only• Does not increase insert height
36" S7L/36ETS
10.0#
42" S7L/42ETS
11.0#
LTACU
A B
157
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shelves
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 166
166
166
$ 153
167
181
$ 164
175
190
$ 112
126
142
158
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shelves
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
MODEL W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
Fixed End Tab Cupboard Shelf 30" S7L/30ETSC
8.0#
LTACU • End tab shelf for cupboards only• Black finish only• Does not increase insert height
36" S7L/36ETSC
10.0#
42" S7L/42ETSC
11.0#
Adjustable Blank Shelf 30" S7L/30BS
6.0#
• May be installed behind hinged or reced-ing doors
• Black finish only• Does not increase height• Brackets included
36" S7L/36BS
7.0#
LTACU 42" S7L/42BS
8.0#
Slotted Shelf 30" S7L/30SS
8.0#
• Accepts 33412DV dividers• May be installed behind 12", 13-1/2" or
15" receding doors or hinged cupboard doors
• All internal accessories must be speci-fied separately
• Black finish only• Does not increase insert height• Brackets included
36" S7L/36SS
10.0#
42" S7L/42SS
11.0#
LTACU
A
159
Custom-Built Lateral Files 700 Series® Shelves
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 116
131
148
$ 83
83
83
$ 116
116
116
160
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
MODEL W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
KeyOption
25-1/2" Hinged Door Insert 30" S7L/30255MHX □ □ □ □ □
30.0#
• 24" hinged doors, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
36" S7L/36255MHX □ □ □ □ □
35.0#
42" S7L/42255MHX □ □ □ □ □
40.0#
LTACU
30" Hinged Door Insert 30" S7L/30300MHX □ □ □ □ □
34.0#
• 28-1/2" hinged doors, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
36" S7L/36300MHX □ □ □ □ □
39.0#
42" S7L/42300MHX □ □ □ □ □
44.0#
LTACU
31-1/2" Hinged Door Insert 30" S7L/30315MHX □ □ □ □ □
35.0#
• 30" hinged doors, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
36" S7L/36315MHX □ □ □ □ □
40.0#
42" S7L/42315MHX □ □ □ □ □
45.0#
LTACU
33" Hinged Door Insert 30" S7L/30330MHX □ □ □ □ □
37.0#
• 31-1/2" hinged doors, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
36" S7L/36330MHX □ □ □ □ □
42.0#
42" S7L/42330MHX □ □ □ □ □
47.0#
LTACU
A B C
161
Custom-Built Lateral Files Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 572
609
650
$ 462
483
516
$ 588
625
664
$ 468
489
522
162
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
MODEL W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
KeyOption
37-1/2" Hinged Door Insert 30" S7L/30375MHX □ □ □ □ □
40.0#
• 36" hinged doors, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
36" S7L/36375MHX □ □ □ □ □
45.0#
42" S7L/42375MHX □ □ □ □ □
50.0#
LTACU
45" Hinged Door Insert 30" S7L/30450MHX □ □ □ □ □
47.0#
• 43-1/2" hinged doors, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
36" S7L/36450MHX □ □ □ □ □
52.0#
42" S7L/42450MHX □ □ □ □ □
57.0#
LTACU
49-1/2" Hinged Door Insert 30" S7L/30495MHX □ □ □ □ □
50.0#
• 48" hinged doors, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
36" S7L/36495MHX □ □ □ □ □
55.0#
42" S7L/42495MHX □ □ □ □ □
60.0#
LTACU
25-1/2" Hinged Markerboard Door Insert 30" S7L/30255MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
30.0#
36" S7L/36255MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
35.0#
• 24" hinged markerboard door, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
42" S7L/42255MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
40.0#
LTACU
A B C
163
Custom-Built Lateral Files Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 715
754
797
$ 544
571
589
$ 561
597
625
$ 855
976
1097
164
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
MODEL W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
KeyOption
30" Hinged Markerboard Door Insert 30" S7L/30300MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
34.0#
• 28-1/2" hinged markerboard door, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
36" S7L/36300MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
39.0#
42" S7L/42300MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
44.0#
LTACU
31-1/2" Hinged Markerboard Door Insert 30" S7L/30315MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
35.0#
36" S7L/36315MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
40.0#
• 30" hinged markerboard door, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
42" S7L/42315MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
45.0#
LTACU
33" Hinged Markerboard Door Insert 30" S7L/30330MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
37.0#
• 31-1/2" hinged markerboard door, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
36" S7L/36330MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
42.0#
42" S7L/42330MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
47.0#
LTACU
37-1/2" Hinged Markerboard Door Insert 30" S7L/30375MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
40.0#
36" S7L/36375MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
45.0#
• 36" hinged markerboard door, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
42" S7L/42375MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
50.0#
LTACU
A B C
165
Custom-Built Lateral Files Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 961
1102
1243
$ 998
1144
1296
$ 1032
1189
1345
$ 1140
1316
1497
166
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
MODEL W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
KeyOption
45" Hinged Markerboard Door Insert 30" S7L/30450MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
47.0#
• 43-1/2" hinged markerboard door, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
36" S7L/36450MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
52.0#
42" S7L/42450MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
57.0#
LTACU
49-1/2" Hinged Markerboard Door Insert 30" S7L/30495MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
50.0#
36" S7L/36495MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
55.0#
• 48" hinged markerboard door, 1-1/2" locking tie bar shelf
• Must be located at top of cabinet shell• Bottom shelf slotted to accept 33412DV
plate dividers (not included)• All internal accessories must be speci-
fied separately• Two locks per unit
42" S7L/42495MHXMB □ □ □ □ □
60.0#
LTACU
A B C
167
Custom-Built Lateral Files Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 1317
1529
1745
$ 1423
1659
1896
168
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Lateral Files Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
MODEL W
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
KeyOption
1-1/2" Tie Bar 30" S7L/30015F □ □
3.0#
• Use in 1-1/2" openings where no insert is required
• Standard and included in all shells 65-9/32" and taller
• Cannot be specified in bottom of cabinet or below posting shelf
36" S7L/36015F □ □
3.0#
42" S7L/42015F □ □
3.0#
LTACU
1-1/2" Locking Tie Bar 30" S7L/3015LF □ □
7.0#
• Replaces standard cabinet lock and 1-1/2" tie bar
• Use when lock is required at a location other than at top of cabinet
• Can be installed in any position in any cabinet or below posting shelf
36" S7L/3615LF □ □
10.0#
LTACU 42" S7L/4215LF □ □
13.0#
1-1/2" Tie Bar Shelf 30" S7L/3015FS □ □
9.0#
• To be installed below receding door for binder storage
• Use in place of 1-1/2" tie bar• Will accept 33412DV plate dividers (not
included)
36" S7L/3615FS □ □
12.0#
42" S7L/4215FS □ □
15.0#
LTACU
1-1/2" Locking Tie Bar Shelf 30" S7L/3015LFS □ □ □ □ □
11.0#
• To be installed below receding door for binder storage
• Use in place of 1-1/2" locking tie bar• Will accept 33412DV plate dividers (not
included)
36" S7L/3615LFS □ □ □ □ □
14.0#
42" S7L/4215LFS □ □ □ □ □
17.0#
LTACU
Blank Filler Shelf 30" S7L/3015BFS □ □
9.0#
• Can be used in place of tie bar shelf• No slots for dividers
36" S7L/3615BFS □ □
12.0#
LTACU 42" S7L/4215BFS □ □
15.0#
Locking Blank Filler Shelf 30" S7L/3015BLFS □ □
9.0#
• Can be used in place of tie bar shelf• No slots for dividers
36" S7L/3615BLFS □ □
12.0#
LTACU 42" S7L/4215BLFS □ □
15.0#
A B C
169
Custom-Built Lateral Files Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 54
54
54
$ 136
136
136
$ 143
143
143
$ 171
171
171
$ 140
144
156
$ 179
182
204
170
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Laminate Tops 700 Series® Lateral Files
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select edge style. SE - Self Edge 74P - 74P edge
C Select surface finish.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder. Surface finish offerings are based on edge style selections.
D Select edge color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder. Edge color offerings are based on edge style selections.
Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
EdgeStyle
SurfaceFinish
EdgeColor
Fits one 30" wide lateral 30 X 18 X 1-1/4" S7L/3018T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
18.0#
Fits one 36" wide lateral 36 X 18 X 1-1/4" S7L/3618T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
21.0#
Fits one 42" wide lateral 42 X 18 X 1-1/4" S7L/4218T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
25.0#
Fits two 30" wide laterals 60 X 18 X 1-1/4" S7L/6018T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
36.0#
Fits one 30" & one 36" wide laterals 66 X 18 X 1-1/4" S7L/6618T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
39.0#
Fits two 36" or one 30" & one 42" laterals 72 X 18 X 1-1/4" S7L/7218T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
43.0#
S7TP Fits one 36" & one 42" wide laterals 78 X 18 X 1-1/4" S7L/7818T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
46.0#
Laminate Top for Side-by-Side Units Fits two 42" wide laterals 84 X 18 X 1-1/4" S7L/8418T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
50.0#
• Tops are manufactured to allow for 1/16" overhang on all sides.
• Do not specify individual tops when ganging multiple units due to the 1/16" overhang. Specify proper size top for correct configuration and alignment.
Fits three 30" wide laterals 90 X 18 X 1-1/4" S7L/9018T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
53.0#
Fits two 30" & one 42" or one 30" & two 36" 102 X 18 X 1-1/4" S7L/10218T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
60.0#
Fits three 36" or one 30" & one 36" & one 42" 108 X 18 X 1-1/4" S7L/10818T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
64.0#
Fits four 30" or one 36" & two 42" laterals 120 X 18 X 1-1/4" S7L/12018T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
71.0#
Fits two 30" wide laterals 30 X 36 X 1-1/4" S7L/3036T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
36.0#
Fits two 36" wide laterals 36 X 36 X 1-1/4" S7L/3636T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
43.0#
Fits two 42" wide laterals 42 X 36 X 1-1/4" S7L/4236T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
50.0#
Fits four 30" wide laterals 60 X 36 X 1-1/4" S7L/6036T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
71.0#
Fits four 36" wide laterals 72 X 36 X 1-1/4" S7L/7236T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
85.0#
Fits four 42" wide laterals 84 X 36 X 1-1/4" S7L/8436T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
99.0#
Fits six 30" wide laterals 90 X 36 X 1-1/4" S7L/9036T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
106.0#
Fits six 36" wide laterals 108 X 36 X 1-1/4" S7L/10836T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
127.0#
S7TP
Laminate Top for Back-to-Back Units
• Tops are manufactured to allow for 1/16" overhang on all sides.
• Do not specify individual tops when ganging multiple units due to the 1/16" overhang. Specify proper size top for correct configuration and alignment.
• Tops are for Standard or Flat Front units only.
A B C D
171
Custom-Built Laminate Tops 700 Series® Lateral Files
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Self Edge(SE)
74P Edge(74P)
$ 258 $ 268
290 306
310 318
368 386
383 402
402 417
436 457
482 501
557 578
673 709
693 723
708 743
$ 358 $ 381
397 417
436 457
617 647
670 705
716 752
767 804
1118 1173
172
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Custom-Built Laminate Tops 700 Series® OF Storage Cabinet
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select edge style. SE - Self Edge 74P - 74P edge
C Select surface finish.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder. Surface finish offerings are based on edge style selections.
D Select edge color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder. Edge color offerings are based on edge style selections.
Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
EdgeStyle
SurfaceFinish
EdgeColor
Fits one 30" wide optional front credenza 30 X 19 X 1-1/4" S7L/3019T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
19.0#
Fits one 36" wide optional front credenza 36 X 19 X 1-1/4" S7L/3619T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
22.0#
Fits one 42" wide optional front credenza 42 X 19 X 1-1/4" S7L/4219T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
26.0#
Fits two 30" wide optional front credenzas 60 X 19 X 1-1/4" S7L/6019T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
37.0#
Fits one 30" & one 36" wide credenza 66 X 19 X 1-1/4" S7L/6619T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
41.0#
Fits two 36" or one 30" & one 42" wide credenzas 72 X 19 X 1-1/4" S7L/7219T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
45.0#
S7TP Fits one 36" & one 42" wide credenza 78 X 19 X 1-1/4" S7L/7819T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
48.0#
Laminate Top for Side-by-Side Units Fits two 42" wide optional front credenzas 84 X 19 X 1-1/4" S7L/8419T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
52.0#
• High pressure laminate with particle-board core
• Self edge or 74P edge available• Other sizes available upon request• Tops are manufactured to allow for
1/16" overhang on all sides.• Do not specify individual tops when
ganging multiple units due to the 1/16" overhang. Specify proper size top for correct configuration and alignment.
Fits three 30" wide optional front credenzas 90 X 19 X 1-1/4" S7L/9019T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
56.0#
Fits three 36" or one 30", 36" & 42" credenzas 108 X 19 X 1-1/4" S7L/10819T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
67.0#
Fits four 30" or one 36" & 42" credenzas 120 X 19 X 1-1/4" S7L/12019T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
75.0#
A B C D
173
Custom-Built Laminate Tops 700 Series® OF Storage Cabinet
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Self Edge(SE)
74P Edge(74P)
$ 260 $ 263
300 290
323 323
453 451
497 511
526 515
574 587
585 588
621 638
728 748
767 786
174
700 Series® Bookcases General Information
CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARDFEATURES
Basic ShellShells are unique to bookcases, featuring aflush inner liner. The liner is punched to acceptshelf brackets on 1" increments, startingapproximately 8" from the bottom of thecabinet and terminating approximately 8" fromthe top of the cabinet. The liners, top andbottom reinforcements are welded into a rigidbox frame. The shell is constructed from 18- and 20-gauge steel, with multiple strategically located offsets to maximize strength. The back is seamless. All corners are reinforced.Illustrated shell heights include 1/8" foradjustable glide in recessed position.
ShelvesShelves are constructed using 22-gauge steel,formed 7/8" thick on the leading and trailingedges to enhance strength.
Adjustable GlidesBookcases are supplied with four adjustableglides. The glides can be adjusted from insidethe bookcase using a 1/4" hex socket wrench, or from outside the bookcase using a 7/8" wrench.Standard glides provide 3/4" adjustment; longerglides are also available. Overall bookcaseheights include the glide in its recessed position.
Commercial Pack This is the standard pack that KI offers on all files and storage products. This consists of a plastic poly bag placed over the unit, corrugated top and bottom cap, corner blocking and stretch wrap to keep the packaging intact.
Special Paint FinishesAll special colors, including othermanufacturers’ standard enamel finishes, areavailable subject to the following conditions.
1. Two steel color chips (minimum 2.5" x 3.5") are requested for color matching purposes. Paper samples are acceptable, however, a reasonable tolerance must be allowed when comparing the two variations.
2. All nonstandard colors are available at no additional charge (excluding hi-chromatic colors) , but may be subject to extended lead times. Order will not be processed until color match is approved. Written confirmation must accompany order.
Model Numbering SystemEach character in the basic model number corresponds to a specific unit feature.How to Build a Model NumberExample: 700 Series Bookcases
S7B Product name 700 Series Bookcase36 Bookcase width 36" wide255 Interior height (nominal) 251
2" high12 Bookcase depth 12" deepBL Color code Black
S7B 36 255 12 BL
Standard Paint FinishesAll KI products are iron phosphate treated prior to painting. This process enhances top coat bonding. Powder coat application is a highbred epox
y. The paint is baked on to provide a
scratch and stain resistant surface.
All inside and outside shell and front
surfaces are painted with the same specified paint colo
r. Interior components and
accessories are painted a black finish. Mechanical components are black plated.
Powder coated/enamel finish colors
shown in Color Addendums are standard and are available where specifications call for painted surfaces.
GENERAL INFORMATION
KI 700 Series Bookcases have been designedto optimally store standard three-ring binderson all shelves. Shelves are adjustable on 1”increments to accommondate other mediastorage needs.
The units described on the following pagesare to suit the most common stragerequirements. Other bookcase sizes can bebuilt to suit specific needs.
Contact KI Customer Service for details.
HeightBookcases are available in several standardheights. Non-standard heights will be considered on a special order basis, contactKI Customer Service for details. Heightsinclude 1/8” allowance for leveling glidesfully recessed.
DepthBookcases are available in two standarddepths: 12” and 15”.
WidthAll bookcases are 30” and 36” wide.
Shelf ClearanceRefer to height and depth clearance dimensions.
175
700 Series® Bookcases General Information
Inside Clear Dimensions
Bookcase Height Inside Width Inside Depth
30" model 36" model 12" model 15" model
2815/32"
425/16"
549/16"
563/32"
6613/16"
281/2"
281/2"
281/2"
281/2"
281/2"
341/2"
341/2"
341/2"
341/2"
341/2"
111/2"
111/2"
111/2"
111/2"
111/2"
141/2"
141/2"
141/2"
141/2"
141/2"
Bookcase Height Top Opening Middle Opening Bottom Opening
2815/32"
425/16"
549/16"
563/32"
6613/16"
1213/64"
1237/64"
1261/64"
14 1/4"
129/16"
1223/64"
1247/64"
137/64"
125/16"
1223/32"
121/8"
121/8"
121/8"
121/8"
Note: Dimensions shown above are with shelves located to provide for storage of three-ring binders. Shelves are easily adjustable on 1" increments. Dimensions will vary according.
176
700 Series® Curve Bookcases General Information
GENERAL INFORMATION
KI 700 Series Curve Bookcases have been designed to optimally store standard three-ring binders on all shelves. Shelves are adjustable on 1" increments to accommodate other media storage needs. The units described on the following pages are to suit the most common storagerequirements. Other bookcase sizes can be built to suit specific needs. Contact KI Customer Service for details.
Height Bookcases are available in several standard heights. Non-standard heights will be consideredon a special order basis, contact KI Customer Service for details. Heights include
1/8" allowance for leveling glides fully recessed.
DepthBookcases are available in two standard depths: 12" and 15".
Width All bookcases are 30" and 36" wide.
Shelf Clearance Refer to height and depth clearance dimensions.
CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD FEATURES
Basic Shell Shells are unique to bookcases, featuring a flush inner liner. The liner is punched to accept shelf brackets on 1" increments, starting approximately 8" from the bottom of the cabinet and terminating approximately 8" from the top of the cabinet. The liners, top and
bottom reinforcements are welded into a rigid box frame. The shell is constructed from 18- and 20-gauge steel, with multiple strategically located offsets to maximize strength. The back is seamless. All corners are reinforced. Illustrated shell heights include
7/8" for adjustable glide in recessed position.
Shelves Shelves are constructed using 22-gauge steel, formed
1/8" thick on the leading and trailing edges to enhance strength.
Adjustable Glides Bookcases are supplied with four adjustable glides. The glides can be adjusted from inside the bookcase using a
1/4" hex socket wrench, or from outside the bookcase using a 7/8" wrench. Standard glides provide
3/4" adjustment; longer glides are also available. Overall bookcase heights include the glide in its recessed position.
Standard Paint Finishes All KI products are chemically etched prior to painting. This process enhances top coat bonding. The top coat is a high solids modified polyester enamel. The enamel is baked on to provide a scratch-and stain-resistant surface. All inside and outside shell and drawer front surfaces are painted with the same specified paint color. Interior components and accessories are Dark Tone. Mechanical components are black chrome-plated. Powder coated/enamel finish colors shown in Color Addendum are standard and are available where specifications call for painted surfaces.
Model Numbering System Each character in the basic model number corresponds to a specific unit feature. How to Build a Model Number Example: 700 Series Bookcases
S7CB 36 255 12BL
Product name Bookcase width Interior height (nominal) Bookcase depth Color code
700 Series Curve Bookcase 36" wide 251/2" high 12" deep Black
S7CB 36 255 12 BL
Commercial Pack This is the standard pack that KI offers on all files and storage products. This consists of a plastic poly bag placed over the unit, corrugated top and bottom cap, corner blocking and stretch wrap to keep the packaging intact.
Standard Paint Finishes All KI products are iron phosphate treated prior to painting. This process enhances top coat bonding. The wet coat application is either alkyd or acrylic paint finish. The powder coat application is a highbred epoxy. The paint is baked on to provide a scratch and stain resistant surface. All inside and outside shell and front surfaces are painted with the same specified paint color. Interior components and accessories are painted a black finish. Mechanical components are black plated. Powder coated/enamel finish colors shown in Color Addendums are standard and are available where specifications call for painted surfaces. Special Paint Finishes All special colors, including other manufacturers’ standard enamel finishes, are available subject to the following conditions. 1.Two steel color chips (minimum 3" x 5") are requested for color matching purposes. Paper samples are acceptable, however, a reasonable tolerance must be allowed when comparing the two variations. 2. All nonstandard colors are available at no additional charge (excluding hi-chromatic colors), but may be subject to extended lead times. Order will not be processed until color match is approved. Written confirmation must accompany order.
177
700 Series® Curve Bookcases General Information
178
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Bookcases 700 Series® 12" Deep
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
INFORMATION HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
28-17/32" High 30 x 12" S7B/3025512 □ □
47.0#
• One adjustable shelf 36 x 12" S7B/3625512 □ □
50.0#
CIBKU
42-5/16" High 30 x 12" S7B/3039012 □ □
61.0#
• Two adjustable shelves 36 x 12" S7B/3639012 □ □
65.0#
CIBKU
54-9/16" High 30 x 12" S7B/3051012 □ □
80.0#
• Three adjustable shelves 36 x 12" S7B/3651012 □ □
85.0#
CIBKU
66-13/16" High 30 x 12" S7B/3063012 □ □
99.0#
• Four adjustable shelves 36 x 12" S7B/3663012 □ □
105.0#
CIBKU
A B
179
Bookcases 700 Series® 12" Deep
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 434
521
$ 584
624
$ 677
783
$ 815
938
180
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Bookcases 700 Series® Curve 12" Deep
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
INFORMATION HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
28-17/32" High 30 x 12" S7CB3025512 □ □ □
47.0#
• One adjustable shelf 36 x 12" S7CB3625512 □ □ □
50.0#
S7BK
42-5/16" High 30 x 12" S7CB3039012 □ □ □
61.0#
• Two adjustable shelves 36 x 12" S7CB3639012 □ □ □
63.0#
S7BK
54-9/16" High 30 x 12" S7CB3051012 □ □ □
80.0#
• Three adjustable shelves 36 x 12" S7CB3651012 □ □ □
85.0#
S7BK
A B
181
Bookcases 700 Series® Curve 12" Deep
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 487
585
$ 650
696
$ 757
879
182
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Bookcases 700 Series® Curve 12" Deep
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
INFORMATION HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
66-13/16" High 30 x 12" S7CB3063012 □ □ □
99.0#
• Four adjustable shelves 36 x 12" S7CB3663012 □ □ □
105.0#
S7BK
A B
183
Bookcases 700 Series® Curve 12" Deep
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 914
1052
184
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Bookcases 700 Series® 15" Deep
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
INFORMATION HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
28-17/32" High 30 x 15" S7B/3025515 □ □
52.0#
• One adjustable shelf 36 x 15" S7B/3625515 □ □
55.0#
CIBKU
42-5/16" High 30 x 15" S7B/3039015 □ □
66.0#
• Two adjustable shelves 36 x 15" S7B/3639015 □ □
70.0#
CIBKU
54-9/16" High 30 x 15" S7B/3051015 □ □
85.0#
• Three adjustable shelves 36 x 15" S7B/3651015 □ □
90.0#
CIBKU
A B
185
Bookcases 700 Series® 15" Deep
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 467
552
$ 602
665
$ 726
805
186
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Bookcases 700 Series® 15" Deep
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
INFORMATION HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
56-5/32" High 30 x 15" S7B/3052515 □ □
95.0#
• Three adjustable shelves 36 x 15" S7B/3652515 □ □
100.0#
CIBKU
66-13/16" High 30 x 15" S7B/3063015 □ □
104.0#
• Four adjustable shelves 36 x 15" S7B/3663015 □ □
110.0#
CIBKU
A B
187
Bookcases 700 Series® 15" Deep
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 770
801
$ 871
1004
188
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Bookcases 700 Series® Curve 15" Deep
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
28-17/32" High 30 x 15" S7CB3025515 □ □ □
52.0#
• One adjustable shelf 36 x 15" S7CB3625515 □ □ □
55.0#
S7BK
42-5/16" High 30 x 15" S7CB3039015 □ □ □
66.0#
• Two adjustable shelves 36 x 15" S7CB3639015 □ □ □
70.0#
S7BK
54-9/16" High 30 x 15" S7CB3051015 □ □ □
85.0#
• Three adjustable shelves 36 x 15" S7CB3651015 □ □ □
90.0#
S7BK
A B
189
Bookcases 700 Series® Curve 15" Deep
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 501
594
$ 647
716
$ 782
867
190
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Bookcases 700 Series® Curve 15" Deep
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/8" allowance for glides in recessed position.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
66-13/16" High 30 x 15" S7CB3063015 □ □ □
104.0#
• Four adjustable shelves 36 x 15" S7CB3663015 □ □ □
110.0#
S7BK
A B
191
Bookcases 700 Series® Curve 15" Deep
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 939
1079
192
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Bookcase Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
Blank Shelf For 12" D bookcases only 30 x 12 x 1" S7B/3012BS □ □
5.0#
• Must specify color For 15" D bookcases only 30 x 15 x 1" S7B/3015BS □ □
6.0#
LTACU For 12" D bookcases only 36 x 12 x 1" S7B/3612BS □ □
6.0#
For 15" D bookcases only 36 x 15 x 1" S7B/3615BS □ □
7.0#
Book End Support For all 12" D bookcase shelves 1-1/2 x 12 x 8" S7B/BES12
2.0#
• Black finish only For all 15" D bookcase shelves 1-1/2 x 15 x 8" S7B/BES15
2.0#
LTACU
A B
193
Bookcase Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 70
75
96
102
$ 34
36
194
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Bookcase Laminate Tops
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select edge style. SE - Self Edge 74P - 74P edge
C Select edge color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder. Edge color offerings are based on edge style selections.
D Select surface finish. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder. Surface finish offerings are based on edge style selections.
Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
EdgeStyle
EdgeColor
SurfaceFinish
Fits one 30" wide bookcase 30 x 12 x 1-1/4" S7B/3012T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
12.0#
Fits one 36" wide bookcase 36 x 12 x 1-1/4" S7B/3612T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
14.0#
Fits two 30" wide bookcases 60 x 12 x 1-1/4" S7B/6012T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
24.0#
Fits two 36" or one 30" & one 42" wide bookcases 72 x 12 x 1-1/4" S7B/7212T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
29.0#
S7TP
Laminate Top for 12" Deep Bookcases
• High pressure laminate with particle-board core
• Self edge or 74P edge available• Other sizes available upon request
Fits one 30" wide bookcase 30 x 15 x 1-1/4" S7B/3015T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
15.0#
Fits one 36" wide bookcase 36 x 15 x 1-1/4" S7B/3615T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
18.0#
Fits two 30" wide bookcases 60 x 15 x 1-1/4" S7B/6015T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
30.0#
Fits two 36" or one 30" & one 42" wide bookcases 72 x 15 x 1-1/4" S7B/7215T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
36.0#
S7TP
Laminate Top for 15" Deep Bookcases
• High pressure laminate with particle-board core
• Self edge or 74P edge available• Other sizes available upon request
A B C D
195
Bookcase Laminate Tops
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Self Edge(SE)
74P Edge(74P)
$ 272 $ 284
312 327
457 483
569 593
$ 277 $ 291
312 328
457 483
569 593
196
DrawersFronts: Two-piece metal construction. Twenty-two gauge steel outerskin welded to 22-gauge inner liner. With full width inset or
T
overlap front of pedestal.Three-inch (pencil) drawer: Single wall
two-piece construction. Body 22-gauge; back 22-gauge. Operates on two section 3/4 extension ball bearing suspension.
Six-inch (box) drawer; single wall two-piece construction. Body 22-gauge; back 22-gauge. Operates on two-section 3/4 extension ball-bearing suspension.
welve-inch (file): Single wall, two-piececonstruction. Front liner 20-gauge; body 22-gauge. Mounted on full extension slide arm suspensions.
Adjustable GlidesFreestanding and floor supporting pedestalsinclude four glides, adjustable from outside thecabinet. Standard glides provide 1" adjustment.
CounterbalanceCounterbalance weight is standard in allmobile units and is recommended in allfreestanding units.
Caster KitConsists of four twin-wheel hooded casters.Front two casters are locking; rear two castersare non-locking. Counterbalance weightincluded in all mobile units.
LocksLocks are standard on all units. The lock is ahigh-security double-bit type. The double-bitlock offers superior security when compared toa single-bit lock. Units are standard withrandom keys in a range of 994 differentnumbers. Specific keying combinations areavailable at no additional charge. This
information must be included with the order.Locks can be master keyed. Please see theaccessories section of this price book for orderinformation on master keys, extractor (core-removal) keys, key blanks, cut keys, and coreand key sets.
All locks have removable andinterchangeable plugs. This feature providesfor onsite custom keying. Units can besupplied with the lock plugs installed orshipped separately. To install or remove lockplugs a unique key is required. This key is theextractor (core removal) key and can be foundin the accessories section of this price book.Contact Customer Service to order lockaccessories. To order plugs for fieldinstallation, specify "lock plugs not installed"on order. Order must specify total quantity ofspecific key-numbered locks.
Example: 30 plugs:3 keyed alike10 keyed alike17 keyed alike
Commercial Pack This is the standard pack that KI offers on all files and storage products. This consists of a plastic poly bag placed over the unit, corrugated top and bottom cap, corner blocking and stretch wrap to keep the packaging intact.
Standard Paint FinishesAll KI products are iron phosphate treated prior to painting. This process enhances top coat bonding. Powder coat application is a highbred epoxy. The paint is baked on to provide a scratch and stain resistant surface.
All inside and outside shell and front surfaces are painted with the same specified paint color. Interior components and accessories are painted a black finish. Mechanical components are black plated.
Powder coated/enamel finish colors shown in Color Addendums are standard and are available where specifications call for painted surfaces.
Special Paint FinishesAll special colors, including othermanufacturers’ standard enamel finishes, areavailable subject to the following conditions.
1. Two steel color chips (minimum 2.5" x 3.5") are requested for color matching purposes.Paper samples are acceptable, however, areasonable tolerance must be allowed whencomparing the two variations.
2. All nonstandard colors are available at noadditional charge (excluding hi-chromaticcolors), but may be subject to extendedcolor match is approved. Writtenconfirmation must accompany order.
Field ReconfigurationAs needs change, KI pedestals can readily befield-changed; however, this process should be undertaken by a qualified service technician.
Model Numbering SystemEach character in the basic model number corresponds to a specific unit feature.How to Build a Model NumberExample: 700 Series Pedestals
S7P1524FFFBLCBW50
Product nameCabinet widthCabinet depth (nominal)Pedestal typeDrawer typeColor codeOptional
700 Series Pedestal15" wide24" depthFreestandingTwo 12" file drawersBlack50# Counterbalance weight
Each pedestal type and accessory has a corresponding character:MHFWPBF
MobileHanging/suspendedFreestandingWorksurface supporting3" pencil drawer6" box drawer12" file drawer
NOTE: The unit must SPECIFY optional CBW as INSTALLED or they will be shipped separately.
S7P 15 24 F FF BL CBW50Optional Picks
GENERAL INFORMATION
KI 700 Series pedestals are available in sizesand drawer combinations to suit any personalstorage requirement. Freestanding and mobileunits are designed to fit below most work-surfaces. Hanging and worksurface supporting units are sized to fit under KI Systems furniture. A mounting kit is provided with each unit to allow installation under other compatible workstations.
Preconfigured UnitsTo simplify the specification process, KI offerspreconfigured pedestals in the most popular sizes with the most popular internal components. These units are assembled using standard components.
HeightFour pedestal styles are available. Heightsinclude 1/4" allowance for leveling glides fullyrecessed. Worksurface Supporting: 277/8".Freestanding: 223/8", 255/16". Mobile:24 11/16 ", 27 5/8". Hanging: 193/16", 221/8
DepthProducts are available in three standard depths:175/8", 215/8" and 275/8".
WidthAll products are 15" wide.
Drawer DimensionsRefer to the illustrations for the range of drawer sizes and the height clearance of each.
CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARDFEATURES
Basic ShellTwenty-gauge steel body with 20-gauge steeltop and box frame front and back uprights.Uprights are notched in 3" intervals for drawersuspension mounting.
flat front with exterior pulls. Drawer fronts
700 Series® Pedestals General Information
197
700 Series® Pedestals General Information
Inside Dimensions of Drawers 175/8"DPEDESTAL
215/8"DPEDESTAL
275/8"DPEDESTAL
W D D D H
3" Pencil
6" Box
12" File
121/8"
121/8"
121/8"
161/4"
161/4"
153/4"
23/16"
51/8"
11"
121/8"
121/8"
121/8"
195/16"
195/16"
1813/16"
23/16"
51/8"
11"
121/8"
121/8"
121/8"
2513/16"
2513/16"
255/16"
23/16"
51/8"
11"
Pedestal Heights and DepthsHeightsIncluding Glides
HeightsIncluding Casters
Heights WithoutGlides/Casters Depths
Freestanding
Mobile
Hanging
Worksurface supporting
175/8", 215/8", 275/8"
175/8", 215/8", 275/8"
175/8", 215/8", 275/8"
175/8", 215/8", 275/8"
223/8", 255/16"
277/8"
213/4", 245/8", 279/16"
193/16", 221/8", 251/16"
WW HH
198
GENERAL INFORMATION
KI Curve pedestal files are available in sizesand drawer combinations to suit any personal storage requirements. Freestanding and mobile units are designed to fit below most worksurfaces.. Hanging and worksurfacesupporting units are sized to fit under KIsystems furniture. A mounting kit is providedwith each unit to allow installation under othercompatible workstations. Clean stylish looks, flexible aesthetics anddurability allow Curve to work in private officesand open plan environments. With a gentlecurved front and contoured drawer pulls, Curvecreates a timeless design element. Flexible aesthetic and flexible format. Curveallows you to design from the inside out, fittingthe media to the appropriate lateral, pedestal,cupboard, bookcase and combination unit orlocker/file unit. Heavy-gauge steel construction and weldedinternal box frame for structural integrity.Multi-extension suspensions provide smoothdrawer operation. Curve enhances security withits 994 key possibilities.
Preconfigured UnitsTo simplify the specification process, KI offerspreconfigured pedestals in the most popularsizes with the most popular internalcomponents. These units are assembled usingstandard components.
HeightFour pedestal styles are available. Heightsinclude 1/4" allowance for leveling glides fullyrecessed. Refer to the illustrations for the range of height clearance of each.
DepthProducts are available in three standard depths:175/8", 215/8" and 275/8". Refer to the illustrationsfor the range height clearance of each.
WidthAll products are 15" wide.
Drawer DimensionsRefer to the illustrations for the range of drawer sizes and the height clearance of each.
CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARDFEATURES
Basic Shell20 gauge steel body with 20-gauge steel topand box frame front and back uprights.Uprights are notched in 3" intervals for drawersuspensions mounting.
DrawersFronts: two-piece metal construction. 22-gaugesteel outerskin welded to 22-gauge inner liner.With full width contoured curved steel pull.Radius drawer fronts overlap front of pedestal. Three-inch (pencil) drawer: Single wall two-piece construction. Body 22-gauge; back 22-gauge. Mounted on full extension slide arm suspensions. Six-inch (box) drawer; single wall, two-piece construction. Front liner 20-gauge; body 22-gauge. Mounted on full extension slide arm suspensions. Twelve-inch (file); single wall, two-piececonstruction. Front liner 20-gauge; body 22-gauge. Mounted on full extension slide arm suspensions.
Adjustable GlidesFreestanding and floor supporting pedestalsinclude four glides, adjustable from outside thecabinet. Standard glides provide 1" adjustment.
CounterbalanceCounterbalance weight is included on all mobile units (file/file) that do not use the 5th wheel under the bottom drawer. Counterbalance weight is recommended in all freestanding units.
Special Paint FinishesAll special colors, including othermanufacturers’ standard enamel finishes, areavailable subject to the following conditions.
1. Two steel color chips (minimum 2.5" x 3.5") are requested for color matching purposes. Paper samples are acceptable, however, a reasonable tolerance must be allowed when comparing the two variations.
2. All nonstandard colors are available at no additional charge (excluding hi-chromatic colors) , but may be subject to extended lead times. Order will not be processed until color match is approved. Written confirmation must accompany order.
Field ReconfigurationAs needs change, KI pedestals can readily befield-changed; however, this process should beundertaken by a qualified service technician.
Model Numbering SystemEach character in the basic model number corresponds to a specific unit feature.How to Build a Model NumberExample: 700 Series Pedestals
S7CP Product name 700 Series Curve Pedestal15 Cabinet width 15" wide24 Cabinet depth (nominal) 24" depthF Pedestal type FreestandingFF Drawer type Two 12" file drawersBL Color code BlackCBW50 Optional 50# Counterbalance weight
Each pedestal type and accessory has a corresponding character:M MobileH Hanging/suspendedF FreestandingW Worksurface supportingP 3" pencil drawerB 6" box drawerF 12" file drawer
NOTE: The unit must SPECIFY optional CBW as INSTALLED or they will be shipped separately.
S7CP 15 24 F FF BL CBW50Optional Picks
Caster KitConsists of four twin-wheel-hooded casters.Front two casters are locking; rear two castersare non-locking.
LocksLocks are standard on all units. The lock is ahigh-security double-bit type. The double-bitlock offers superior security when compared to a single-bit lock. Units are standard withrandom keys in a range of 994 differentnumbers. Specific keying combinations areavailable at no additional charge. Thisinformation must be included with the order.Locks can be master keyed. Please see the accessories section of this price book for order information on master keys, extractor (core-removal) keys, key blanks, cut keys, and core and key sets. All locks have removable andinterchangeable plugs. This feature providesfor onsite custom keying. Units can besupplied with the lock plugs installed orshipped separately. To install or remove lockplugs a unique key is required. This key is theextractor (core removal) key and can be foundin the accessories section of this price book.Contact Customer Service to order lockaccessories. To order plugs for fieldinstallation, specify "lock plugs not installed"on order. Order must specify total quantity ofspecific key-numbered locks.
Example: 30 plugs: 3 keyed alike 10 keyed alike 17 keyed alike
Commercial Pack This is the standard pack that KI offers on all files and storage products. This consists of a plastic poly bag placed over the unit, corrugated top and bottom cap, corner blocking and stretch wrap to keep the packaging intact.
Standard Paint FinishesAll KI products are iron phosphate treated prior to painting. This process enhances top coat bonding. The wet coat application is either Alkyd or Acrylic paint finish. The powder coat application is a high-bred epoxy. The paint is baked on to provide a scratch and stain resistant surface. All inside and outside shell and front surfaces are painted with the same specified paint color. Interior components and accessories are painted a black finish. Mechanical components are black plated. Powder coated/enamel finish colors shown in Color Addendums are standard and are available where specifications call for painted surfaces.
700 Series® Curve Pedestals General Information
199
700 Series® Curve Pedestals General Information
Inside Dimensions of Drawers
W D D D H
3" Pencil
6" Box
12" File
121/8"
121/8"
121/8"
161/4"
161/4"
153/4"
23/16"
51/8"
11"
121/8"
121/8"
121/8"
195/16"
195/16"
1813/16"
23/16"
51/8"
11"
121/8"
121/8"
121/8"
2513/16"
2513/16"
255/16"
23/16"
51/8"
11"
Pedestal Heights and DepthsHeightsIncluding Glides
HeightsIncluding Casters
Heights WithoutGlides/Casters Depths
Freestanding
Mobile
Hanging
Worksurface supporting
175/8", 215/8", 275/8"
175/8", 215/8", 275/8"
175/8", 215/8", 275/8"
215/8", 275/8",
223/8", 255/16"
2413/16", 277/8"
213/4", 2411/16", 275/8"
193/16", 221/8", 251/16"
WW HH
175/8"DPEDESTAL
215/8"DPEDESTAL
275/8"DPEDESTAL
200
GENERAL INFORMATION
700 Series OF pedestals are illustrated in themost common drawer and size configurations.Other drawer and size combinations areavailable since the product is designed andmanufactured utilizing components from the700 Series product line. Freestanding andmobile units are designed to fit below mostworksurfaces. Hanging and worksurfacesupporting units are sized to fit under KISystems furniture. A mounting kit is provided
with each hanging unit and worksurfacesupporting unit to allow installation underother compatible workstations.
HeightThree pedestal styles are illustrated. Heightsinclude a 1/8" allowance for glides or casters.
DepthProducts are available in three standarddepths: 175/8", 215/8" and 275/8". The dimensionincludes the allowance for drawer fronts.
WidthAll products are 15" wide.
Drawer DimensionsRefer to the illustrations for the range of drawer sizes and the height clearanceof each.
CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARD FEATURES
Basic ShellTwenty-gauge steel body with 18- and 20-gauge steel top and box frame front and backuprights. Uprights are notched in 3" intervalsfor drawer suspension mounting. Two shell styles are available. One style hasa flush top, allowing for the application of alock rail and thereby providing an entirelycustom front facade. The other shell style hasan extended top where the 11/8" top extendsflush to the front of the pedestal.
DrawersSix-inch (box) drawer; single wall two-piececonstruction. Body 22-gauge; back 22-gauge.Operates on two-section 3/4" extension ball-bearing suspension. Twelve-inch (file): Single wall, two-piececonstruction. Back and body 22-gauge.Mounted on full extension slide armsuspensions. Fronts: When specified without fronts,drawers come standard with hardware tomount fronts to drawer bodies. Mounting hardware can be specified for delivery prior to product delivery. Contact Customer Service for details. When specified with fronts, fronts are particleboard core with either wood veneer or plastic laminate finish. Fronts are nominally 3/4" thick. Front Specifications: To assist in themanufacturing of custom fronts, refer to thespecification section.This section provides illustrations detailingrecommended dimensions and hole locations.
Adjustable GlidesFreestanding and floor supporting pedestalsinclude four glides, adjustable from outsidethe cabinet.
CounterbalanceCounterbalance weight is standard in allmobile units and is recommended in allfreestanding units.
Caster KitConsists of four twin-wheel hooded casters.Front two casters are locking; rear two castersare non-locking. Counterbalance weightincluded in all mobile units.
Model Numbering SystemEach character in the basic model number corresponds to a specific unit feature.How to Build a Model NumberExample: 700 Series Optional Front Extended Top Pedestals
S7PE1524FFFXBL
CBW50
Product nameCabinet widthCabinet depth (nominal)Pedestal typeDrawer typeColor codeFront typeIf W1, insert front finish hereOptional
700 Series Pedestal, Extended Top15" wide24" depthFreestandingTwo 12" file drawersNo frontBlack50# Counterbalance weight
Each pedestal type and accessory has a corresponding character:MHFWPBFL1X
MobileHanging/suspendedFreestandingWorksurface supporting3" pencil drawer6" box drawer12" file drawerLaminate frontNo Front
NOTE: The unit must SPECIFY optional CBW as INSTALLED or they will be shipped separately.
S7PE 15 24 BL CBW50Optional PicksFront Option Front Finish
Model Numbering SystemEach character in the basic model number corresponds to a specific unit feature.How to Build a Model NumberExample: 700 Series Optional Front Flush Top Pedestals
S7PF Product name 700 Series Pedestal, Flush Top15 Cabinet width 15" wide24 Cabinet depth (nominal) 24" depthF Pedestal type FreestandingFF Drawer type Two 12" file drawersW1 Front type Wood front, center pullBL Color code BlackRCY Wood color Cherry veneerCBW50 Optional 50# Counterbalance weight
Each pedestal type and accessory has a corresponding character:M MobileH Hanging/suspendedF FreestandingW Worksurface supportingP 3" pencil drawerB 6" box drawerF 12" file drawerX No frontW1 Wood front
NOTE: The unit must SPECIFY optional CBW as INSTALLED or they will be shipped separately.
S7PF 15 24 F FF W1 BL RCY CBW50Optional PicksFront Option Front Finish
LocksLocks are standard on all units. The lock is ahigh-security double-bit type. The double-bitlock offers superior security when compared to a single-bit lock. Units are standard withrandom keys in a range of 994 differentnumbers. Specific keying combinations areavailable at no additional charge. Thisinformation must be included with the order.Locks can be master keyed. Please see the accessories section of this price book for order information on master keys, extractor (core-removal) keys, key blanks, cut keys, and core and key sets. All locks have removable andinterchangeable plugs. This feature providesfor onsite custom keying. Units can besupplied with the lock plugs installed orshipped separately. To install or remove lockplugs a unique key is required. This key is theextractor (core removal) key and can be foundin the accessories section of this price book.Contact Customer Service to order lockaccessories. To order plugs for fieldinstallation, specify "lock plugs not installed"on order. Order must specify total quantity ofspecific key-numbered locks.
Example: 30 plugs: 3 keyed alike 10 keyed alike 17 keyed alike
Commercial Pack This is the standard pack that KI offers on all files and storage products. This consists of a plastic poly bag placed over the unit, corrugated top and bottom cap, corner blocking and stretch wrap to keep the packaging intact.
Standard Paint FinishesAll KI products are iron phosphate treated prior to painting. This process enhances top coat bonding. Powder coat application is a highbred epoxy. The paint is baked on to provide a scratch and stain resistant surface. All inside and outside shell and front surfaces are painted with the same specified paint color. Interior components and accessories are painted a black finish. Mechanical components are black plated. Powder coated/enamel finish colors shown in Color Addendums are standard and are available where specifications call for painted surfaces.
FFF X
700 Series® OF Pedestals General Information
201
700 Series® OF Pedestals General Information
Inside Dimensions of Drawers
W D D D H
6" Box
12" File
121/8"
121/8"
161/4"
153/4"
51/8"
11"
121/8"
121/8"
195/16"
1813/16"
51/8"
11"
12121/8" "
12121/8"
2513/16"
255/16"
51/8"
11"
Pedestal Heights and DepthsHeightsIncluding Glides
HeightsIncluding Casters
Heights WithoutGlides/Casters Depths*
Freestanding
Mobile
Hanging
215/8", 275/8"
215/8", 275/8"
175/8", 215/8", 275/8"
255/16"
275/8"
193/16"
H W H W
175/8"DPEDESTAL
215/8"DPEDESTAL
275/8"DPEDESTAL
General Information (continued)
Nonstock Plastic Laminate SurfacesAdditional laminates are available but may besubject to additional lead time. Other speciallaminates require an up-charge and additionallead time. Contact KI.
Special Paint Finishes All special colors, including other manufacturers' standard enamel finishes, are available subject to the following conditions.
1. Two steel color chips (minimum 2.5"x3.5") are requested fro color matching purposes. Paper samples are acceptable, however, a reasonable tolerance must be allowed when comparing the two variations.
2. All nonstandard colors are available at no additional charge (excluding hi-chromatic colors), but may be subject to extended lead times. Order will not be processed until color match is approved. Written confirmation must accompany order.
Field ReconfigurationAs needs change, KI pedestals can readily be field-changed; however, this process should be undertaken by a qualified service technician.
* including 3/4" thick fronts.
202
Flush Top ExtendedTop
11/16" dia. for lock
holes (2) to suit #10 X 5/8" screws(recommended 1/8" x 1/2" deep)
11/8"11/8"
13/4"
1/4" deep
115/16"37/16"8"
back view
12 x 15" Pedestal Front
11/2"
holes (6) to suit #10 X 5/8" screws(recommend 1/8" dia. x 1/2" deep)
11/16"
33/8" 81/8"
115/8" 73/4"
123/4"
147/8"
back view
6 x 15" Pedestal Front
11/2"
11/16"
23/4"
123/4"
147/8"
back view
15" Filler Rail(For flush top applications only)
147/8"
The information outlined below should be usedto communicate critical dimensions for variousdrawer fronts. Larger drawings are available forspecific size fronts. Contact Customer Servicefor availability.
The KI product is designed for 3/4" thickfronts. Thinner or thicker file fronts can beadapted to flush top product only. Please beaware that on fronts with thickness differentfrom 3/4" the lock barrel will protrude from orbe recessed into the filler rail by the dimensionthe fronts differ from 3/4".
On extended top product, the top rail is notrequired. It is integral to the shell construction,and is painted the color of the cabinet.KI center pulls are available for installationon custom fronts. Note: the drawings on thispage do not provide allowance for KI drawerpulls. Drawings are available for fronts withan allowance for KI drawer pulls.
The hardware necessary for mounting thedrawer fronts will vary depending on thematerial used. The parts supplied by KI arefor use when mounting medium or high-density particle or fiberboard core fronts.
9/16"
3/4"
7/8"
3/4"
53/4"
3/4"
holes (4) to suit #10 X 5/8" screws(recommend 1/8" dia. x 1/2" deep)
700 Series® OF Pedestals General Information
203
700 Series® OF Pedestals General Information
Fabric
Fabric will be applied as swatched by the fabric manufacturer. Fabric that is required to be applied differently than is swatched will need a Special Cost Request written specify-ing the direction the fabric is to be applied. The posted standard lead time will apply to the Special Cost Request.
204
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series®
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum bow tie ALMT - Aluminum metric ARCN - Arc nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel bow tie RETN - Retro nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
INFORMATION HeightAll freestanding pedestals include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position. Mobile pedestals include 2-5/16" allowance for casters.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
NLC - No lock core
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
Pedestal - BFTP Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 21-3/4" S7P/1524MBFTP □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Top surface of pedestal has black, four compartment pencil tray and black recessed pull
• 6" box drawer with partition• 12" file drawer with partition• Anti-tip caster travels with file drawer • Counterbalance weight not required• Only use 21-5/8" D peds with 30" D
desks
S7PDU
Pedestal - BF Mobile 15 x 17-5/8 x 21-3/4" S7P/1520MBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• One 6" box drawer, one 12" file drawer with hanging folder partition
• 5th wheel in lieu of counterbalance weight
• Only use 21-5/8" D peds with 30" D desks
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 21-3/4" S7P/1524MBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 21-3/4" S7P/1530MBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7PDU
Pedestal - BBB Mobile 15 x 17-5/8 x 21-3/4" S7P/1520MBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Three 6" box drawers• 5th wheel in lieu of counterbalance
weight• Only use 21-5/8" D peds with 30" D
desks
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 21-3/4" S7P/1524MBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 21-3/4" S7P/1530MBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7PDU
Pedestal - PBF Freestanding 15 x 17-5/8 x 22-3/8" S7P/1520FPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• One 3" pencil drawer; one 6" box drawer; one 12" file drawer with hanging folder partition
• Mobile units include 5th wheel in lieu of counterbalance weight
• Counterbalance is recommended in freestanding pedestals
• Only use 21-5/8" D peds with 30" D desks
Mobile 15 x 17-5/8 x 24-11/16" S7P/1520MPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 22-3/8" S7P/1524FPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 24-11/16" S7P/1524MPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 22-3/8" S7P/1530FPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 24-11/16" S7P/1530MPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7PDU
A B C D E
205
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series®
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
79.0# $ 798
N/A
79.0# $ 695
N/A 90.0# 798
N/A
93.0# 798
N/A
83.0# $ 798
N/A 92.0# 774
N/A
95.0# 774
N/A
53.0# $ 729
$ 166 89.0# 871
N/A
55.0# 769
142 90.0# 829
N/A
75.0# 819
82 95.0# 881
N/A
206
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series®
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum bow tie ALMT - Aluminum metric ARCN - Arc nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel bow tie RETN - Retro nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
INFORMATION HeightAll freestanding pedestals include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position. Mobile pedestals include 2-5/16" allowance for casters.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
NLC - No lock core
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
Pedestal - FF Freestanding 15 x 17-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7P/1520FFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Two 12" file drawers with hanging folder partitions
• Counterbalance weight: included in mo-bile unit; recommended in freestanding pedestals
• Only use 21-5/8" D peds with 30" D desks
Mobile 15 x 17-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7P/1520MFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7P/1524FFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7P/1524MFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7P/1530FFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7P/1530MFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7PDU
Pedestal - BBF Freestanding 15 x 17-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7P/1520FBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Two 6" box drawers; one 12" file drawer with hanging folder partition
• Counterbalance weight: included in mo-bile unit; recommended in freestanding pedestals
• Only use 21-5/8" D peds with 30" D desks
Mobile 15 x 17-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7P/1520MBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7P/1524FBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7P/1524MBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7P/1530FBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7P/1530MBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7PDU
Pedestal - BBBB Freestanding 15 x 17-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7P/1520FBBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Four 6" box drawers• Counterbalance weight: included in mo-
bile unit; recommended in freestanding pedestals
• Only use 21-5/8" D peds with 30" D desks
Mobile 15 x 17-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7P/1520MBBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7P/1524FBBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7P/1524MBBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7P/1530FBBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7P/1530MBBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7PDU
Pedestal - PBBB Freestanding 15 x 17-5/8 x 22-3/8" S7P/1520FPBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• One 3" pencil drawer; three 6" box draw-ers
• Counterbalance weight: included in mo-bile unit; recommended in freestanding pedestals
• Only use 21-5/8" D peds with 30" D desks
Mobile 15 x 17-5/8 x 24-11/16" S7P/1520MPBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 22-3/8" S7P/1524FPBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 24-11/16" S7P/1524MPBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 22-3/8" S7P/1530FPBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 24-11/16" S7P/1530MPBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7PDU
A B C D E
207
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series®
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
55.0# $ 666
$ 166 93.0# 739
N/A
55.0# 700
142 90.0# 767
N/A
75.0# 746
82 95.0# 809
N/A
57.0# $ 700
$ 166 93.0# 805
N/A
60.0# 739
142 95.0# 848
N/A
80.0# 834
82 100.0# 882
N/A
59.0# $ 755
$ 166 95.0# 921
N/A
66.0# 798
142 105.0# 893
N/A
78.0# 871
82 96.0# 921
N/A
62.0# $ 809
$ 166 91.0# 971
N/A
62.0# 854
142 102.0# 950
N/A
73.0# 871
82 91.0# 921
N/A
208
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series® Curve
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike
INFORMATION HeightAll freestanding pedestals include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position. Mobile pedestals include 2-5/16" allowance for casters.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
Mobile 15 x 17-5/8 x 21-3/4" S7CP1520MBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
79.0#
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 21-3/4" S7CP1524MBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
90.0#
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 21-3/4" S7CP1530MBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
93.0#
S7CP
Pedestal - BF
• One 6" box drawer• One 12" file drawer with hanging
folder partition• Mobile units include 5th wheel in lieu
of counterbalance weight
Mobile 15 x 17-5/8 x 24-11/16" S7CP1520MPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
89.0#
Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 22-3/8" S7CP1524FPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
55.0#
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 24-11/16" S7CP1524MPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
90.0#
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 22-3/8" S7CP1530FPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
75.0#
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 24-11/16" S7CP1530MPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
S7CP
Pedestal - PBF
• One 3" pencil drawer• One 6" box drawer• One 12" file drawer with hanging
folder partition• Mobile units include 5th wheel in lieu
of counterbalance weight• Counterbalance weight is recom-
mended in freestanding pedestals
A B C D E F
209
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series® Curve
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 777
$ 14 N/A 890
15 N/A
890
15 N/A
$ 977
$ 16 N/A 860
15 142
929
16 N/A 919
16 82
986
16 N/A
210
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series® Curve
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike
INFORMATION HeightAll freestanding pedestals include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position. Mobile pedestals include 2-5/16" allowance for casters.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
Mobile 15 x 17-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7CP1520MFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
93.0#
Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7CP1524FFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
55.0#
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7CP1524MFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
90.0#
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7CP1530FFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
75.0#
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7CP1530MFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
S7CP
Pedestal - FF
• Two 12" file drawers with hanging folder partitions
• Counterbalance weight included in mobile unit
• Counterbalance is recommended in freestanding pedestals
Mobile 15 x 17-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7CP1520MBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
93.0#
Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7CP1524FBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
60.0#
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7CP1524MBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7CP1530FBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
80.0#
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7CP1530MBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
100.0#
S7CP
Pedestal - BBF
• Two 6" box drawers• One 12" file drawer with hanging
partition• Counterbalance is recommended in
freestanding pedestals• 5th wheel in lieu of counterbalance
weight on mobile pedestal
A B C D E F
211
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series® Curve
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 826
$ 14 N/A 783
14 142
858
15 N/A 833
15 82
906
15 N/A
$ 900
$ 15 N/A 826
14 142
949
16 N/A 934
16 82
987
16 N/A
212
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Front
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION HeightAll freestanding pedestals include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position. Mobile pedestals include 2-5/16" allowance for casters.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
Pedestal - BBFX Freestanding 15 x 20-3/4 x 25-5/16" S7PF/1524FBBFX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• No drawer fronts• Two drawer bodies to accept 6" fronts• One drawer body to accept 12" front• Counterbalance weight included in
mobile units• Counterbalance is recommended in
freestanding pedestals• Hardware included
Mobile 15 x 20-3/4 x 27-5/8" S7PF/1524MBBFX □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 26-3/4 x 25-5/16" S7PF/1530FBBFX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 26-3/4 x 27-5/8" S7PF/1530MBBFX □ □ □ □ □
S7POU
Pedestal - FFX Freestanding 15 x 20-3/4 x 25-5/16" S7PF/1524FFFX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• No drawer fronts• Two drawer bodies to accept 12" fronts• Counterbalance weight included in
mobile units• Counterbalance is recommended in
freestanding pedestals• Hardware included
Mobile 15 x 20-3/4 x 27-5/8" S7PF/1524MFFX □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 26-3/4 x 25-5/16" S7PF/1530FFFX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 26-3/4 x 27-5/8" S7PF/1530MFFX □ □ □ □ □
S7POU
A B C D
213
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Front
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
45.0# $ 717
$ 142 80.0# 828
N/A
65.0# 816
82 85.0# 860
N/A
45.0# $ 681
$ 142 80.0# 751
N/A
65.0# 724
82 85.0# 791
N/A
214
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Front
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION HeightAll freestanding pedestals include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position. Mobile pedestals include 2-5/16" allowance for casters.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
UnitColor
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
Pedestal - BBFX Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7PE/1524FBBFX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• No drawer fronts• Two drawer bodies to accept 6" fronts• One drawer body to accept 12" front• Counterbalance weight included in
mobile units• Counterbalance is recommended in
freestanding pedestals
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7PE/1524MBBFX □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7PE/1530FBBFX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7PE/1530MBBFX □ □ □ □ □
S7POU
Pedestal - FFX Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7PE/1524FFFX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• No drawer fronts• Two drawer bodies to accept 12" fronts• Counterbalance weight included in
mobile units• Counterbalance is recommended in
freestanding pedestals
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7PE/1524MFFX □ □ □ □ □
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7PE/1530FFFX □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7PE/1530MFFX □ □ □ □ □
S7POU
A B C D
215
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Front
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
45.0# $ 717
$ 142 80.0# 828
N/A
65.0# 816
82 85.0# 860
N/A
45.0# $ 681
$ 142 80.0# 751
N/A
65.0# 724
82 85.0# 791
N/A
216
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Front
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select veneer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select pull color optional front. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
INFORMATION HeightAll freestanding pedestals include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position. Mobile pedestals include 2-5/16" allowance for casters.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
NLC - No lock core
Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
VeneerColor
Pull Color Optional Front
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7PF/1524FBBFW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
65.0#
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7PF/1524MBBFW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
100.0#
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7PF/1530FBBFW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
85.0#
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7PF/1530MBBFW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
105.0#
S7POU
Pedestal - BBFW1
• Two 6" box drawers• One 12" file drawer with hanging file
partition• Wood veneer fronts with center
drawer pulls• Counterbalance weight included in
mobile units• Counterbalance is recommended in
freestanding pedestals
Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7PF/1524FFFW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
75.0#
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7PF/1524MFFW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7PF/1530FFFW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7PF/1530MFFW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
115.0#
S7POU
Pedestal - FFW1
• Two 12" file drawers each with hang-ing folder partition
• Wood veneer fronts with center drawer pulls
• Counterbalance weight included in mobile units
• Counterbalance is recommended in freestanding pedestals
A B C D E F
217
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Front
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 1447
$ 142 1573
N/A
1519
82 1586
N/A
$ 1244
$ 142 1375
N/A
1309
82 1395
N/A
218
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select front surface finish. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select pull color optional front. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select counterbalance weight. CBW - With Counterbalance NOCBW - No Counterbalance
See pricing column for counterbalance weight upcharge.
F Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard
INFORMATION HeightAll freestanding pedestals include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position. Mobile pedestals include 2-5/16" allowance for casters.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
NLC - No lock core
Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
FrontSurfaceFinish
Pull Color Optional Front
OptionalCounter-balanceWeight
KeyOption
Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7PE/1524FBBFL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
65.0#
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7PE/1524MBBFL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
100.0#
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7PE/1530FBBFL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
85.0#
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7PE/1530MBBFL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
105.0#
S7POU
Pedestal - BBFL1
• Two 6" box drawers• One 12" file drawer with folder parti-
tion• Laminate fronts with center pulls• Counterbalance weight included in
mobile units• Counterbalance is recommended in
freestanding pedestals
Freestanding 15 x 21-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7PE/1524FFFL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
75.0#
Mobile 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7PE/1524MFFL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
105.0#
Freestanding 15 x 27-5/8 x 25-5/16" S7PE/1530FFFL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
Mobile 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-5/8" S7PE/1530MFFL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
115.0#
S7POU
Pedestal - FFL1
• Two 12" file drawers with folder parti-tions
• Laminate fronts with center pulls• Counterbalance weight included in
mobile units• Counterbalance is recommended in
freestanding pedestals
A B C D E F
219
Pedestals - Mobile and Freestanding 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
Counter-balanceWeightadd to list price
$ 991
$ 142 1117
N/A
1063
82 1134
N/A
$ 881
$ 142 1010
N/A
939
82 1020
N/A
220
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series®
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum bow tie ALMT - Aluminum metric ARCN - Arc nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel bow tie RETN - Retro nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
Pedestal - BF Hanging 15 x 17-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7P/1520HBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
62.0#
• One 6" box drawer• One 12" file drawer with hanging folder
partition
Hanging 15 x 21-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7P/1524HBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
80.0#
Hanging 15 x 27-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7P/1530HBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
93.0#
S7PDU
Pedestal - BBB Hanging 15 x 17-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7P/1520HBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
45.0#
• Three 6" box drawers Hanging 15 x 21-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7P/1524HBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
50.0#
Hanging 15 x 27-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7P/1530HBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
61.0#
S7PDU
Pedestal - PBF Hanging 15 x 17-5/8 x 22-1/8" S7P/1520HPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
62.0#
• One 3" pencil drawer• One 6" box drawer• One 12" file drawer with hanging folder
partition
Hanging 15 x 21-5/8 x 22-1/8" S7P/1524HPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
80.0#
Hanging 15 x 27-5/8 x 22-1/8" S7P/1530HPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
S7PDU
Pedestal - PBBB Hanging 15 x 17-5/8 x 22-1/8" S7P/1520HPBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
53.0#
• One 3" pencil drawer• Three 6" box drawers
Hanging 15 x 21-5/8 x 22-1/8" S7P/1524HPBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
59.0#
Hanging 15 x 27-5/8 x 22-1/8" S7P/1530HPBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
71.0#
S7PDU
A B C D
221
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series®
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 613
637
724
$ 624
630
717
$ 720
754
755
$ 825
833
854
222
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series® Curve
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
KeyOption
Pedestal - BBB Hanging 15 x 17-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7CP1520HBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Three 6" box drawers Hanging 15 x 21-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7CP1524HBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Hanging 15 x 27-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7CP1530HBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7CP
Pedestal - BF Hanging 15 x 17-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7CP1520HBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• One 6" box drawer• One 12" file drawer with hanging folder
partition
Hanging 15 x 21-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7CP1524HBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Hanging 15 x 27-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7CP1530HBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7CP
Pedestal - PBF Hanging 15 x 17-5/8 x 22-1/8" S7CP1520HPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• One 3" pencil drawer• One 6" box drawer• One 12" file drawer with hanging folder
partition
Hanging 15 x 21-5/8 x 22-1/8" S7CP1524HPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Hanging 15 x 27-5/8 x 22-1/8" S7CP1530HPBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7CP
A B C D E
INFORMATION AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
223
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series® Curve
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
45.0# $ 696
$ 12 50.0# 706
12
61.0# 804
14
62.0# $ 691
$ 12 80.0# 713
12
93.0# 814
14
62.0# $ 808
$ 14 80.0# 845
15
93.0# 847
15
224
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Front
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
KeyOption
Pedestal - BFX Hanging 15 x 16-3/4 x 19-3/16" S7PF/1520HBFX □ □ □ □ □
52.0#
• No drawer fronts• One drawer body to accept 6" front• One drawer body to accept 12" front• Hardware included
Hanging 15 x 20-3/4 x 19-3/16" S7PF/1524HBFX □ □ □ □ □
70.0#
Hanging 15 x 26-3/4 x 19-3/16" S7PF/1530HBFX □ □ □ □ □
83.0#
S7POU
A B C
225
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Front
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 590
607
668
226
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Front
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
KeyOption
Pedestal - BFX Hanging 15 x 17-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7PE/1520HBFX □ □ □ □ □
52.0#
• No drawer fronts• One drawer body to accept 6" front• One drawer body to accept 12" front
Hanging 15 x 21-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7PE/1524HBFX □ □ □ □ □
70.0#
Hanging 15 x 27-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7PE/1530HBFX □ □ □ □ □
83.0#
S7POU
A B C
227
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Front
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 590
607
668
228
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Front
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select veneer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select pull color optional front. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
UnitColor
VeneerColor
Pull Color Optional Front
KeyOption
Pedestal - BFW1 Hanging 15 x 17-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7PF/1520HBFW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• One 6" box drawer• One 12" file drawer with hanging file
partition• Wood veneer fronts with center drawer
pulls
Hanging 15 x 21-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7PF/1524HBFW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Hanging 15 x 27-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7PF/1530HBFW1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7POU
A B C D E
229
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Front
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
72.0# $ 1104
90.0# 1123
103.0# 1182
230
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select front surface finish. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select pull color optional front. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
UnitColor
FrontSurfaceFinish
Pull Color Optional Front
KeyOption
Pedestal - BFL1 Hanging 15 x 17-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7PE/1520HBFL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• One 6" box drawer• One 12" file drawer with folder partition• Laminate fronts with center pulls
Hanging 15 x 21-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7PE/1524HBFL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Hanging 15 x 27-5/8 x 19-3/16" S7PE/1530HBFL1 □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7POU
A B C D E
231
Pedestals - Hanging 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
72.0# $ 756
90.0# 774
103.0# 834
232
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Worksurface Supporting 700 Series®
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select pull option. ALBT - Aluminum Bow Tie ALMT - Aluminum Metric ARCN - Arc Nickel CLSC - Classic (inset pull) NKBT - Nickel Bow Tie RETN - Retro Nickel
C Select unit and drawer color.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
PullOption
UnitColor
KeyOption
Pedestal - FF Supporting 15 x 17-5/8 x 27-7/8” S7P/1520WFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
59.0#
• Two 12" file drawers with hanging folder partitions
• Includes four leveling glides
Supporting 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-7/8” S7P/1524WFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
82.0#
Supporting 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-7/8” S7P/1530WFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
95.0#
S7PDU
Pedestal - BBF Supporting 15 x 17-5/8 x 27-7/8” S7P/1520WBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
61.0#
• Two 6" box drawers• One 12" file drawer with hanging folder
partition• Includes four leveling glides
Supporting 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-7/8” S7P/1524WBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
80.0#
Supporting 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-7/8” S7P/1530WBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
93.0#
S7PDU
Pedestal - BBBB Supporting 15 x 17-5/8 x 27-7/8” S7P/1520WBBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
70.0#
• Four 6" box drawers• Includes four leveling glides
Supporting 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-7/8” S7P/1524WBBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
70.0#
Supporting 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-7/8” S7P/1530WBBBB □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
81.0#
S7PDU
A B C D
233
Pedestals - Worksurface Supporting 700 Series®
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 630
737
766
$ 698
806
850
$ 798
815
894
234
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestals - Worksurface Supporting 700 Series® Curve
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select flat or dimpled front. D - Dimpled F - Flat
See upcharge column for D option.
C Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
D Select drawer pull color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
E Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel Dimpled
UnitColor
PullColor
KeyOption
Pedestal - FF Supporting 15 x 17-5/8 x 27-7/8" S7CP1520WFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Two 12" file drawers with hanging folder partitions
• Includes four leveling glides
Supporting 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-7/8" S7CP1524WFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Supporting 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-7/8" S7CP1530WFF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7CP
Pedestal - BBF Supporting 15 x 17-5/8 x 27-7/8" S7CP1520WBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• Two 6" box drawers• One 12" file drawer with hanging folder
partition• Includes four leveling glides
Supporting 15 x 21-5/8 x 27-7/8" S7CP1524WBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Supporting 15 x 27-5/8 x 27-7/8" S7CP1530WBBF □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7CP
A B C D E
235
Pedestals - Worksurface Supporting 700 Series® Curve
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
DeliveredPricing
DimpledFrontadd to listprice
59.0# $ 706
$ 12 82.0# 825
14
95.0# 857
15
61.0# $ 782
$ 14 80.0# 903
15
93.0# 951
16
236
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestal Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
Counterbalance Weight For 30"D Units 12-1/2 x 1/2 x 12-3/4" S7P/CBW20
20.0#
• For mobile and freestanding units• Included in mobile pedestals; recom-
mended in freestanding units• Factory installed, if specified
For 24"D Units 12-1/2 x 1-1/4 x 16-3/4" S7P/CBW40
40.0#
PDACU
Counterbalance Weight For 20"D Units 7-1/2 x 3/4 x 16" S7P/CBW36
36.0#
• Two required for 20" deep units• Sold in pairs
PDACU
P-Series Keys Lock/Core Set 2.KP20522
0.4#
HRDPT • Extractor key used for core removal Master Key 2.KP20550
0.2#
Extractor Key 2.KP20551
0.2#
Key Blank 2.KP20552
0.2#
Cut Key 2.KP20557
0.2#
Caster Kit 2-9/16" S7P/CK
13.0#
• Converts freestanding pedestals to mobile units
• Adds 2-5/16" to pedestal height• Must use with counterbalance weight
(see above)
PDACU
A
237
Pedestal Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 82
142
$ 166
$ 12
9
9
3
4
$ 68
238
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestal Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
Glide Kit S7P/GK
1.0#
• Adds 1/4 to 1 inch to pedestal height• 4 per kit
PDACU
Pencil Tray 12-1/8 x 4 x 1" S7P/PENTRAY
1.0#
• For 3" pencil and 6" box drawers• Black finish only• Priced individually
PDACU
6" Partition 12-1/8 x 4-5/8" S7P/D6
1.0#
• For 6" box drawers• Black finish only• Priced individually
PDACU
Hanging Folder Partition 12-1/8 x 9-5/8" S7P/D12
1.0#
• For 12" file drawers• Black finish only• Priced individually
PDACU
A
239
Pedestal Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 9
$ 8
$ 5
$ 8
240
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestal Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select trim color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select upholstery color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder. For a listing of available fabric finishes, please refer to the Color Addendum. For specific fabric avail-ability on cushioned seats, please refer to E Spec.
MODEL W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
Delivered PricingC.O.M.
BasicModel
TrimColor
UpholsteryColor
Cushioned Seat for Mobile Pedestal 15 x 17 x 1-7/8" PDCU/17 □ □ □ □ □ □ □
5.0# $ 151
• 17" deep, used with 17-5/8" deep mobile pedestal
• 20" deep, used with 21-5/8" deep mobile pedestal
• Fabric runs side-to-side• Lip height is 3-1/4"
15 x 20 x 1-7/8" PDCU/20 □ □ □ □ □ □ □
6.0# 163
PDCU
A B C
241
Pedestal Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Green Bay, Wisconsin 54302 factory. Freight class #100.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricingFabric Grade1
DeliveredPricingFabric Grade2
DeliveredPricingFabric Grade3
Delivered PricingPallas FabricGroup P0
Delivered PricingPallas FabricGroup P1
Delivered PricingPallas FabricGroup P2
Delivered PricingPallas FabricGroup P3
Delivered PricingPallas FabricGroup P4
$ 151 $ 172 $ 181 $ 190 $ 201 $ 212 $ 236 $ 242 163 180 193 200 210 221 247 253
242
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Pedestal Laminate Tops
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select edge style. SE - Self Edge 74P - 74P edge
C Select surface finish.
Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder. Surface finish offerings are based on edge style selections.
D Select edge color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder. Edge color offerings are based on edge style selections.
MODEL Features W x D x H
MODEL NUMBER
BasicModel
EdgeStyle
SurfaceFinish
EdgeColor
Laminate Tops Fits one 20" deep pedestal 15 x 17-3/4 x 1-1/4" S7P/1715T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
• High pressure laminate with particle-board core
• Self edge or polypropylene edge avail-able
• Other sizes available upon request• Laminate tops not suitable for 700
Series® Radius Pedestals
Fits one 24" deep pedestal 15 x 21-3/4 x 1-1/4" S7P/2115T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
Fits one 30" deep pedestal 15 x 27-3/4 x 1-1/4" S7P/2715T □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □
S7TP
A B C D
243
Pedestal Laminate Tops
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
Approx. Packaged Weight
Self Edge(SE)
74P Edge(74P)
8.0# $ 137 $ 139
11.0# 153 161
14.0# 178 185
244
700 Series® Vertical Files General Information
GENERAL INFORMATION
KI vertical files are designed on a 11" module.To assure KI files are compatible with panelsystems, desks or custom architectural details,cabinets are available in 4 different heights.
HeightVertical files are available in 4 standardheights. Heights include 1/8" allowance forleveling glides fully recessed.
DepthAll products are 275/8" deep.
WidthCabinets are available in two standard widths:15" and 18".
Drawer DimensionsRefer to the illustrations for the range of drawer sizes and the height clearance of each.
CONSTRUCTION AND STANDARDFEATURES
Basic ShellUprights and top and bottom reinforcementsare welded into rigid “boxframe.” Constructedof 18- and 20-gauge steel. Seamless back and top with reinforced corners. 5-drawer cabinets also feature a welded tie bar midway in the shell.
Illustrated shell heights include 1/8" foradjustable glide in recessed position.
Doors/DrawersDrawer fronts, 20-gauge steel double wall withfull-width flush inset pull and label holder.Fronts are screw-mounted to shelves to builddrawers. Shelf body, 20-gauge steel. Each roll-out shelf equipped with two heavy-duty, three-section, ball-bearing suspensions.Components have been tested to accept loadsof 75 lbs.
Adjustable GlidesCabinets are supplied with two adjustableglides. The glides can be adjusted from insidethe cabinet using a 1/4" hex socket wrench, orfrom outside the cabinet using a 7/8"wrench.Standard glides provide 3/4"adjustment; longerglides are also available. Overall cabinetheights include the glide in its recessedposition.
LocksLocks are standard on all units. The lock is ahigh-security double-bit type. The double-bitlock offers superior security when compared to a single-bit lock. Units are standard withrandom keys in a range of 994 differentnumbers. Specific keying combinations areavailable at no additional charge. Thisinformation must be included with the order.Locks can be master keyed. Please see the accessories section of this price book for orderinformation on master keys, extractor (core-removal) keys, key blanks, cut keys, and coreand key sets. All locks have removable andinterchangeable plugs. This feature providesfor onsite custom keying. Units can besupplied with the lock plugs installed orshipped separately. To install or remove lockplugs a unique key is required. This key is theextractor (core removal) key and can be foundin the accessories section of this price book.Contact Customer Service to order lockaccessories. To order plugs for fieldinstallation, specify "lock plugs not installed"on order. Order must specify total quantity ofspecific key-numbered locks.
Example: 30 plugs: 3 keyed alike 10 keyed alike 17 keyed alike
Commercial Pack This is the standard pack that KI offers on all files and storage products. This consists of a plastic poly bag placed over the unit,
corrugated top and bottom cap, corner blocking and stretch wrap to keep the packaging intact.
Standard Paint FinishesAll KI products are iron phosphate treated prior to painting. This process enhances top coat bonding.
Powder coat application is a highbred epoxy. The paint is baked on to provide a scratch and stain resistant surface. All inside and outside shell and front surfaces are painted with the same specified paint color. Interior components and accessories are painted a black finish. Mechanical components are black plated. Powder coated/enamel finish colors shown in Color Addendums are standard and are available where specifications call for painted surfaces.
Special Paint FinishesAll special colors, including othermanufacturers’ standard enamel finishes, areavailable subject to the following conditions.
1. Two steel color chips (minimum 2.5" x 3.5") are requested for color matching purposes. Paper samples are acceptable, however, a reasonable tolerance must be allowed when comparing the two variations.
2. All nonstandard colors are available at no additional charge (excluding hi-chromatic colors), but may be subject to extended lead times. Order will not be processed until color match is approved. Written confirmation must accompany order.
Model Numbering SystemEach character in the basic model number corresponds to a specific unit feature.How to Build a Model NumberExample: 700 Series Vertical Files
S7V Product name 700 Series Vertical File15 Width 15" wide, letter size30 Depth (nominal) 30" depth3D Number of drawers 3 drawersCF Equipped with Compressor follower (as opposed to folder bars)BL Color code Black
Each internal component has a corresponding character:D 11" file drawerCF Compressor followerFB Folder bar
NOTE: Must SPECIFY either CF or FB for each unit.
S7V 15 30 3D CF BL CBW50Optional Picks
245
700 Series® Vertical Files General Information
246
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Vertical Files 700 Series® Letter Size Documents
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Accessories Included W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
KeyOption
25-3/4" File, 2 High Compressor 15 x 27-5/8" S7V/15302DCF □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
• Two 11" drawers with either folder bars or compressor follower in each drawer
Folder bars 15 x 27-5/8" S7V/15302DFB □ □ □ □ □
110.0#
S7VTU
36-7/8" File, 3 High Compressor 15 x 27-5/8" S7V/15303DCF □ □ □ □ □
150.0#
• Three 11" drawers with either folder bars or compressor follower in each drawer
Folder bars 15 x 27-5/8" S7V/15303DFB □ □ □ □ □
150.0#
S7VTU
48" File, 4 High Compressor 15 x 27-5/8" S7V/15304DCF □ □ □ □ □
190.0#
• Four 11" drawers with either folder bars or compressor follower in each drawer
Folder bars 15 x 27-5/8" S7V/15304DFB □ □ □ □ □
190.0#
S7VTU
59-1/8" File, 5 High Compressor 15 x 27-5/8" S7V/15305DCF □ □ □ □ □
230.0#
• Five 11" drawers with either folder bars or compressor follower in each drawer
Folder bars 15 x 27-5/8" S7V/15305DFB □ □ □ □ □
230.0#
S7VTU
A B C
247
Vertical Files 700 Series® Letter Size Documents
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 758
758
$ 968
968
$ 1249
1249
$ 1499
1499
248
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Vertical Files 700 Series® Legal Size Documents
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
B Select unit and drawer color. Refer to color addendum at ki.com or KI Fabrics & Finishes binder.
C Select key option. KA - Key alike KS - Key standard NLC - No lock core
INFORMATION
HeightAll dimensions shown include 1/4" allowance for glides in recessed position.
AccessoriesSee accessory section for accessories that can be ordered separately.
WeightsFigures provided are approximate and reflect packaged product without additional accessories.
MODEL Accessories Included W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
UnitColor
KeyOption
25-3/4" File, 2 High Compressor 18 x 27-5/8" S7V/18302DCF □ □ □ □ □
115.0#
• Two 11" drawers with either folder bars or compressor follower in each drawer
Folder bars 18 x 27-5/8" S7V/18302DFB □ □ □ □ □
115.0#
S7VTU
36-7/8" File, 3 High Compressor 18 x 27-5/8" S7V/18303DCF □ □ □ □ □
160.0#
• Three 11" drawers with either folder bars or compressor follower in each drawer
Folder bars 18 x 27-5/8" S7V/18303DFB □ □ □ □ □
160.0#
S7VTU
48" File, 4 High Compressor 18 x 27-5/8" S7V/18304DCF □ □ □ □ □
210.0#
• Four 11" drawers with either folder bars or compressor follower in each drawer
Folder bars 18 x 27-5/8" S7V/18304DFB □ □ □ □ □
210.0#
S7VTU
59-1/8" File, 5 High Compressor 18 x 27-5/8" S7V/18305DCF □ □ □ □ □
245.0#
• Five 11" drawers with either folder bars or compressor follower in each drawer
Folder bars 18 x 27-5/8" S7V/18305DFB □ □ □ □ □
245.0#
S7VTU
A B C
249
Vertical Files 700 Series® Legal Size Documents
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 758
758
$ 968
968
$ 1249
1249
$ 1499
1499
250
HOW TO ORDER
Indicate the following information on order form:1. Quantity of each item.2. Model number, including options. See
“How To Build a Model Number”.3. Any special service required.
Note: • The □ indicates that a choice is required.
• The absence of the □ indicates that no choice is required.
• Alpha-numeric characters in place of □ indicate that no other alternatives are available.
Vertical File Accessories
HOW TO BUILD A MODEL NUMBER
A Select basic model.
MODEL Features W x D
MODEL NUMBER
Approx. Packaged Weight
BasicModel
Compressor Fits any letter size drawer 15 x 1 x 7" S7V/15CF
5.0#
• Includes parts required for one 18" wide drawer
• Black finish only
Fits any legal size drawer 18 x 1 x 7" S7V/18CF
5.0#
VTACU
Folder Bars 1 x 26 x 9" S7V/1518FB
5.0#
• Fits any legal or letter size drawer• Priced per set• Black finish only
VTACU
A
251
Vertical File Accessories
SPECIAL SERVICES
Special Carton Marking
With specially marked information N/C
Shipping Shipped assembled freight prepaid f.o.b.
Pembroke, Ontario K8A 0E1 factory. Freight class #70.
Specifications and prices are subject to change without prior notice.
DeliveredPricing
$ 29
29
$ 29
252
Model No. Description Page Model No. Description Page
Index
2.KP20522 P-Series Keys 116 7CFB30495/2D270B 700 Series® Curve Bookcase/Lateral File: 53-
1/32" Bookcase/Lateral 58 7CFB30615/2D360B 700 Series® Curve Bookcase/Lateral File: 65-
9/32" Bookcase/Lateral 60 7CFB30615/2D390B 700 Series® Curve Bookcase/Lateral File: 65-
9/32" Bookcase/Lateral 58 7CFB30615/3D330B 700 Series® Curve Bookcase/Lateral File: 65-
9/32" Bookcase/Lateral 60 7CFL3061518/2D360B/6FLL
700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Marker-board: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 18" Deep 72
7CFL3061518/3D285B/6FLL 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Marker-board: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 18" Deep 76
7CFL3061518/3D300B/6FLL 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Marker-board: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 18" Deep 74
7CFL3061518/3D330B/6FLL 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Marker-board: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 18" Deep 78
7CFL3061524/2D360B/6FLL 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Marker-board: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 24" Deep 80
7CFL3061524/3D285B/6FLL 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Marker-board: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 24" Deep 84
7CFL3061524/3D300B/6FLL 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Marker-board: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 24" Deep 82
7CFL3061524/3D330B/6FLL 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Bookcase/Marker-board: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 24" Deep 86
7FB/30495/2D270B 700 Series® Bookcase/File: 53-1/32" Bookcase/File 54 7FB/30615/2D360B 700 Series® Bookcase/File: 65-9/32" Bookcase/File 54 7FB/30615/2D390B 700 Series® Bookcase/File: 65-9/32" Bookcase/File 54 7FB/30615/3D330B 700 Series® Bookcase/File: 65-9/32" Bookcase/File 54 7FB/30615/4D225B 700 Series® Bookcase/File: 65-9/32" Bookcase/File 56 7FL/3061518/2D360B/6FLL
700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 18" Deep 64
7FL/3061518/3D285B/6FLL 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 18" Deep 66
7FL/3061518/3D300B/6FLL 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 18" Deep 64
7FL/3061518/3D330B/6FLL 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 18" Deep 66
7FL/3061524/2D360B/6FLL 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 24" Deep 68
7FL/3061524/3D285B/6FLL 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 24" Deep 70
7FL/3061524/3D300B/6FLL 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard: 30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 24" Deep 68
7FL/3061524/3D330B/6FLL 700 Series® Cupboard/Bookcase/Markerboard:
30" Wide - 24" File, 6" Wide Locker, 24" Deep 70 PDCU/17 Cushioned Seat for Mobile Pedestal 240 S7B/3012BS Blank Shelf 192 S7B/3012T Laminate Top for 12" Deep Bookcases 194 S7B/3015T Laminate Top for 15" Deep Bookcases 194 S7B/3025512 700 Series® 12" Deep: 28-17/32" High 178 S7B/3025515 700 Series® 15" Deep: 28-17/32" High 184 S7B/3039012 700 Series® 12" Deep: 42-5/16" High 178 S7B/3039015 700 Series® 15" Deep: 42-5/16" High 184 S7B/3051012 700 Series® 12" Deep: 54-9/16" High 178 S7B/3051015 700 Series® 15" Deep: 54-9/16" High 184 S7B/3052515 700 Series® 15" Deep: 56-5/32" High 186 S7B/3063012 700 Series® 12" Deep: 66-13/16" High 178 S7B/3063015 700 Series® 15" Deep: 66-13/16" High 186 S7B/BES12 Book End Support 192 S7CB3025512 700 Series® Curve 12" Deep: 28-17/32" High 180 S7CB3025515 700 Series® Curve 15" Deep: 28-17/32" High 188 S7CB3039012 700 Series® Curve 12" Deep: 42-5/16" High 180 S7CB3039015 700 Series® Curve 15" Deep: 42-5/16" High 188 S7CB3051012 700 Series® Curve 12" Deep: 54-9/16" High 180 S7CB3051015 700 Series® Curve 15" Deep: 54-9/16" High 188 S7CB3063012 700 Series® Curve 12" Deep: 66-13/16" High 182 S7CB3063015 700 Series® Curve 15" Deep: 66-13/16" High 190 S7CL302102D 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units: 23-15/16" File,
2 High 20 S7CL302402D 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units: 27" File, 2 High 20 S7CL30240OVHD 700 Series® Curve Multimedia Storage Cabinets:
26-7/8" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 100 S7CL303603D 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units: 39-1/4" File, 3 High 20 S7CL304804D 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units: 51-1/2" File, 4 High 20 S7CL305104D 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units: 54-9/16" File, 4 High 22 S7CL305255D 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units: 56-3/32" File, 5 High 22 S7CL305555D 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units: 59-5/32" File, 5 High 22 S7CL306152D36C 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral: 65-9/32"
Cupboard/Lateral File 46 S7CL306155D 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units: 65-9/32" File, 5 High 22 S7CL306155M 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral: 65-9/32"
Cupboard/Lateral File 48 S7CL306305D 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units: 66-13/16" File,
5 High 24 S7CL306755M 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral: 71-13/32"
Cupboard/Lateral File 50 S7CL306756D 700 Series® Curve Drawer Units: 71-13/32" File,
6 High 24 S7CL307356M 700 Series® Curve Cupboard/Lateral: 77-13/32"
Cupboard/Lateral File 52 S7CL36525HD 700 Series® Curve Multimedia Storage Cabinets:
56-3/32" Multimedia Storage Cabinet 100 S7CP1520HBBB 700 Series® Curve: Pedestal - BBB 222 S7CP1520HBF 700 Series® Curve: Pedestal - BF 222 S7CP1520HPBF 700 Series® Curve: Pedestal - PBF 222 S7CP1520MBBF 700 Series® Curve: Pedestal - BBF 210 S7CP1520MBF 700 Series® Curve: Pedestal - BF 208 S7CP1520MFF 700 Series® Curve: Pedestal - FF 210 S7CP1520MPBF 700 Series® Curve: Pedestal - PBF 208 S7CP1520WBBF 700 Series® Curve: Pedestal - BBF 234 S7CP1520WFF 700 Series® Curve: Pedestal - FF 234 S7L/18615HWL 700 Series® Wardrobe Cabinets: 65-9/32" Ward-
robe Multimedia Storage Cabinet 62 S7L/30015F Accessories: 1-1/2" Tie Bar 168 S7L/30030D 700 Series® Drawers: 3" High Drawer 146
Index
253
Model No. Description Page Model No. Description Page
S7L/30060D 700 Series® Drawers: 6" High Drawers 146 S7L/30060S 700 Series® Shelves: 6" Rollout Shelf 156 S7L/30075D 700 Series® Drawers: 7-1/2" High Drawer 146 S7L/30090D 700 Series® Drawers: 9" High Drawer 146 S7L/30105D 700 Series® Drawers: 10-1/2" High Drawer 146 S7L/30105DA 700 Series® Drawers: 10-1/2" High Drawer with
Folder Bars 148 S7L/30120D 700 Series® Drawers: 12" High Drawer 150 S7L/30120DA 700 Series® Drawers: 12" High Drawer with
Folder Bars 150 S7L/30120R 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves: 12"
High Receding Door 152 S7L/30120RED 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves: 12"
High Receding Door w/End Tab Filing Shelf and 3 Dividers 152
S7L/30120RS 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves: 12" High Receding Door w/Rollout Shelf 152
S7L/30120RSA 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves: 12" High Receding Door w/Rollout Shelf and Bars 152
S7L/30120S 700 Series® Shelves: 12" Rollout Shelf 156 S7L/30135D 700 Series® Drawers: 13-1/2" High Drawer 150 S7L/30135DA 700 Series® Drawers: 13-1/2" High Drawer with
Folder Bars 150 S7L/30135DE 700 Series® Drawers: 13-1/2" High Drawer with
Folder Bars 150 S7L/30135OV1F 700 Series® Overfile Cabinets: 16-5/32" Overfile
Storage Cabinet 108 S7L/30135R 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves: 13-
1/2" High Receding Door 152 S7L/30135RED 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves: 13-
1/2" High Receding Door w/End Tab Filing Shelf and 3 Dividers 152
S7L/30135RS 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves: 13-1/2" High Receding Door w/Rollout Shelf 152
S7L/30135RSA 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves: 13-1/2" High Receding Door w/Rollout Shelf and Bars 152
S7L/30150 700 Series® Shells: 17-13/16" High Shell 130 S7L/30150D 700 Series® Drawers: 15" High Drawer 150 S7L/30150DE 700 Series® Drawers: 15" High Drawer with
Folder Bars 150 S7L/30150OV1F 700 Series® Overfile Cabinets: 17-11/16" Overfile
Storage Cabinet 108 S7L/30150R 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves: 15"
High Receding Door 154 S7L/30150RED 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves: 15"
High Receding Door w/End Tab Filing Shelf and 3 Dividers 154
S7L/30150RS 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves: 15" High Receding Door w/Rollout Shelf 154
S7L/30150RSE 700 Series® Receding Doors and Shelves: 15" High Receding Door w/Rollout Shelf and Bars 154
S7L/3015BFS Accessories: Blank Filler Shelf 168 S7L/3015BLFS Accessories: Locking Blank Filler Shelf 168 S7L/3015FS Accessories: 1-1/2" Tie Bar Shelf 168 S7L/3015LF Accessories: 1-1/2" Locking Tie Bar 168 S7L/3015LFS Accessories: 1-1/2" Locking Tie Bar Shelf 168 S7L/3015PS 700 Series® Shelves: 1-1/2" Posting Shelf 156 S7L/30165 700 Series® Shells: 19-11/32" High Shell 130 S7L/30180 700 Series® Shells: 20-7/8" High Shell 130 S7L/3018T 700 Series® Lateral Files: Laminate Top for Side-
by-Side Units 170
S7L/30195 700 Series® Shells: 22-13/32" High Shell 130 S7L/3019T 700 Series® OF Storage Cabinet: Laminate Top
for Side-by-Side Units 172 S7L/30210 700 Series® Shells: 23-15/16" High Shell 130 S7L/302102D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 23-15/16" File, 2 High 12 S7L/30225 700 Series® Shells: 25-15/32" High Shell 130 S7L/30240 700 Series® Shells: 27" High Shell 132 S7L/302402D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 27" File, 2 High 12 S7L/302402E 700 Series® End Tab Shelving Units: 27" File, 2 High 30 S7L/302402R 700 Series® Receding Door Units: 27" File, 2 High 26 S7L/30240BBF 700 Series® Credenza Files: 27-7/8" Credenza File
- BBF 34 S7L/30240CC 700 Series® Credenza Files: 27-7/8" Credenza
Cupboard 34 S7L/30240FF 700 Series® Credenza Files: 27-7/8" Credenza File - FF 34 S7L/30240HD 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 27"
Multimedia Storage Cabinet 88 S7L/30240OVHD 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 26-
7/8" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 96 S7L/30240OVHX 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 26-
7/8" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 96 S7L/30255 700 Series® Shells: 28-17/32" High Shell 132 S7L/30255MHX Accessories: 25-1/2" Hinged Door Insert 160 S7L/30255MHXMB Accessories: 25-1/2" Hinged Markerboard Door
Insert 162 S7L/30270 700 Series® Shells: 30-1/16" High Shell 132 S7L/302702D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 30-1/16" File, 2 High 12 S7L/30285 700 Series® Shells: 31-19/32" High Shell 132 S7L/30285OV2F 700 Series® Overfile Cabinets: 31-15/32" Overfile
Storage Cabinet 108 S7L/30285OVHX 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 31-
15/32" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 96 S7L/30300 700 Series® Shells: 33-1/8" High Shell 132 S7L/30300HD 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 33-
1/2" Multimedia Storage Cabinet 88 S7L/30300MHX Accessories: 30" Hinged Door Insert 160 S7L/30300MHXMB Accessories: 30" Hinged Markerboard Door Insert 164 S7L/30300OVHX 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 33"
OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 96 S7L/30315 700 Series® Shells: 34-21/32" High Shell 132 S7L/30315MHX Accessories: 31-1/2" Hinged Door Insert 160 S7L/30315MHXMB Accessories: 31-1/2" Hinged Markerboard Door
Insert 164 S7L/30315OV2F 700 Series® Overfile Cabinets: 34-17/32" Overfile
Storage Cabinet 108 S7L/30315OVHX 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 34-
17/32" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 96 S7L/30330 700 Series® Shells: 36-3/16" High Shell 134 S7L/30330MHX Accessories: 33" Hinged Door Insert 160 S7L/30330MHXMB Accessories: 33" Hinged Markerboard Door Insert 164 S7L/30345 700 Series® Shells: 37-23/32" High Shell 134 S7L/30360 700 Series® Shells: 39-1/4" High Shell 134 S7L/303603D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 39-1/4" File, 3 High 12 S7L/303603E 700 Series® End Tab Shelving Units: 39-1/4" File,
3 High 30 S7L/303603R 700 Series® Receding Door Units: 39-1/4" File, 3 High 26 S7L/30360HD 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 39-
1/4" Multimedia Storage Cabinet 88 S7L/30360OVHX 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 39-
1/8" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 98 S7L/3036T 700 Series® Lateral Files: Laminate Top for Back-
254
Model No. Description Page Model No. Description Page
Index
to-Back Units 170 S7L/30375 700 Series® Shells: 40-25/32" High Shell 134 S7L/30375MHX Accessories: 37-1/2" Hinged Door Insert 162 S7L/30375MHXMB Accessories: 37-1/2" Hinged Markerboard Door
Insert 164 S7L/30390 700 Series® Shells: 42-5/16" High Shell 134 S7L/30405 700 Series® Shells: 43-27/32" High Shell 134 S7L/30405OVHX 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 43-
23/32" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 98 S7L/30420 700 Series® Shells: 45-3/8" High Shell 136 S7L/30435 700 Series® Shells: 46-29/32" High Shell 136 S7L/30435OV3F 700 Series® Overfile Cabinets: 46-25/32" Overfile
Storage Cabinet 110 S7L/30435OVHX 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 46-
25/32" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 98 S7L/30450 700 Series® Shells: 48-7/16" High Shell 136 S7L/30450MHX Accessories: 45" Hinged Door Insert 162 S7L/30450MHXMB Accessories: 45" Hinged Markerboard Door Insert 166 S7L/30465 700 Series® Shells: 49-31/32" High Shell 136 S7L/30480 700 Series® Shells: 51-1/2" High Shell 136 S7L/304804D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 51-1/2" File, 4 High 14 S7L/304804E 700 Series® End Tab Shelving Units: 51-1/2" File,
4 High 30 S7L/304804R 700 Series® Receding Door Units: 51-1/2" File, 4 High 26 S7L/30480HD 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 51-
1/2" Multimedia Storage Cabinet 90 S7L/30480OV3F 700 Series® Overfile Cabinets: 51-3/8" Overfile
Storage Cabinet 110 S7L/30480OVHX 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 51-
3/8" OverCupboard Storage Cabinet 98 S7L/30495 700 Series® Shells: 53-1/32" High Shell 136 S7L/30495MHX Accessories: 49-1/2" Hinged Door Insert 162 S7L/30495MHXMB Accessories: 49-1/2" Hinged Markerboard Door
Insert 166 S7L/30510 700 Series® Shells: 54-9/16" High Shell 138 S7L/305104D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 54-9/16" File, 4 High 14 S7L/30525 700 Series® Shells: 56-3/32" High Shell 138 S7L/305255D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 56-3/32" File, 5 High 14 S7L/30525HD 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 56-
3/32" Multimedia Storage Cabinet 90 S7L/30540 700 Series® Shells: 57-5/8" High Shell 138 S7L/30555 700 Series® Shells: 59-5/32" High Shell 138 S7L/305555D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 59-5/32" File, 5 High 14 S7L/30570 700 Series® Shells: 60-11/16" High Shell 138 S7L/30585 700 Series® Shells: 62-7/32" High Shell 138 S7L/30600 700 Series® Shells: 63-3/4" High Shell 140 S7L/306005D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 63-3/4" File, 5 High 16 S7L/306005R 700 Series® Receding Door Units: 63-3/4" File, 5 High 28 S7L/30600HD 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 63-
3/4" Multimedia Storage Cabinet 92 S7L/30615 700 Series® Shells: 65-9/32" High Shell 140 S7L/306155D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 65-9/32" File, 5 High 16 S7L/306155E 700 Series® End Tab Shelving Units: 65-9/32"
File, 5 High 32 S7L/306155M 700 Series® Cupboard/Lateral: 65-9/32" File 44 S7L/306155R 700 Series® Receding Door Units: 65-9/32" File,
5 High 28 S7L/30615HD 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 65-
9/32" Multimedia Storage Cabinet 92 S7L/30615HWS 700 Series® Wardrobe Cabinets: 65-9/32" Ward-
robe Multimedia Storage Cabinet 62
S7L/30630 700 Series® Shells: 66-13/16" High Shell 140 S7L/30645 700 Series® Shells: 68-11/32" High Shell 140 S7L/306455D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 68-11/32" File, 5 High 16 S7L/30660 700 Series® Shells: 69-7/8" High Shell 142 S7L/30660HX 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 69-
7/8" Multimedia Storage Cabinet 94 S7L/30675 700 Series® Shells: 71-13/32" High Shell 142 S7L/306755M 700 Series® Cupboard/Lateral: 71-13/32" File 44 S7L/306756D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 71-13/32" File, 6 High 18 S7L/30690 700 Series® Shells: 72-15/16" High Shell 142 S7L/30705 700 Series® Shells: 74-15/32" High Shell 144 S7L/30720 700 Series® Shells: 76" High Shell 144 S7L/30735 700 Series® Shells: 77-17/32" High Shel 144 S7L/307356D 700 Series® Drawer Units: 77-17/32" File, 6 High 18 S7L/307356E 700 Series® End Tab Shelving Units: 77-17/32"
File, 6 High 32 S7L/307356M 700 Series® Cupboard/Lateral: 77-17/32" File 44 S7L/30735HD 700 Series® Multimedia Storage Cabinets: 77-
17/32" Multimedia Storage Cabinet 92 S7L/30ADF Binder Frame: Acco Data 120 S7L/30BS Adjustable Blank Shelf 122 S7L/30CF Compressor Follower 116 S7L/30CR Coat Rod 116 S7L/30DL 700 Series® Drawers: Individual Drawer Lock and
Security Shelf 146 S7L/30DT 700 Series® Files Lateral Toppers 116 S7L/30ETS 700 Series® Shelves: Fixed End Tab Filing Shelf 156 S7L/30ETSC Fixed End Tab Shelf 122 S7L/30FBA Type "A" Folder Bars 112 S7L/30FBE Type "E" Folder Bars 112 S7L/30KIF Binder Frame for Computer Print-outs 118 S7L/30LL Legal/Letter Conversion 116 S7L/30LLETS EDP Legal/Letter Conversion 116 S7L/30MEDKIT Drawer Organizer 114 S7L/30MEDPAN Organizer Front Pan 114 S7L/30RRC Reel Insert Shelf for Storage Cabinets/Doors 118 S7L/30RRF Reel Insert for Drawers 118 S7L/30SS Slotted Shelf 122 S7L/30TBS Thin Blank Shelf (Screw Mount) 124 S7L/30WLD Binder Frame: WrightLine 118 S7L/33412DV Plate Dividers 114 S7L/3346DV 6" Dividers 114 S7L/334DIV40 Organizer Divider 114 S7L/334FBJ Type "J" Folder Bars 112 S7L/334FBK Type "K" Folder Bars 112 S7L/334KIH Binder Hanger 118 S7L/334MPART Organizer Partition 114 S7L/97003 Touch-up Paint 116 S7L/CBW35 Counterbalance 112 S7LE/302402DL1 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front: 27"
File, 2 High 42 S7LE/302402DX 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Fronts: 27" File,
2 High 38 S7LE/30240HL1 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Fronts :
27" Storage Cabinet with Laminate Doors 106 S7LE/303603DL1 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front:
39-1/4" File, 3 High 42 S7LE/303603DX 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Fronts: 39-1/4"
File, 3 High 38 S7LE/30360HL1 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Fronts :
39-1/4" Storage Cabinet with Laminate Doors 106
Index
255
Model No. Description Page Model No. Description Page
S7LE/304804DL1 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front: 51-1/2" File, 4 High 42
S7LE/304804DX 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Fronts: 51-1/2" File, 4 High 38
S7LE/30480HL1 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Fronts : 51-1/2" Storage Cabinet with Laminate Doors 106
S7LE/305255DL1 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front: 56-3/32" File, 5 High 42
S7LE/305255DX 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Fronts: 56-3/32" File, 5 High 38
S7LE/30525HL1 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Fronts : 56-3/32" Storage Cabinet with Laminate Doors 106
S7LF/302402DW1 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Fronts: 27" File, 2 High 40
S7LF/302402DX 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts: 27" File, 2 High 36 S7LF/30240HDX 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts : 27" Storage
Cabinet 102 S7LF/30240HW1 700 Series® OF Flush Top Veneer Fronts : 27"
Storage Cabinet with Wood Doors 104 S7LF/303603DW1 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Fronts: 39-1/4"
File, 3 High 40 S7LF/303603DX 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts: 39-1/4" File,
3 High 36 S7LF/30360HDX 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts : 39-1/4"
Storage Cabinet 102 S7LF/30360HW1 700 Series® OF Flush Top Veneer Fronts : 39-1/4"
Storage Cabinet with Wood Doors 104 S7LF/304804DW1 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Fronts: 51-1/2"
File, 4 High 40 S7LF/304804DX 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts: 51-1/2" File,
4 High 36 S7LF/30480HDX 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts : 51-1/2"
Storage Cabinet 102 S7LF/30480HW1 700 Series® OF Flush Top Veneer Fronts : 51-1/2"
Storage Cabinet with Wood Doors 104 S7LF/305255DW1 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Fronts: 56-3/32"
File, 5 High 40 S7LF/305255DX 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts: 56-3/32"
File, 5 High 36 S7LF/30525HDX 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Fronts : 56-3/32"
Storage Cabinet 102 S7LF/30525HW1 700 Series® OF Flush Top Veneer Fronts : 56-
3/32" Storage Cabinet with Wood Doors 104 S7P/1520FBBBB 700 Series®: Pedestal - BBBB 206 S7P/1520FBBF 700 Series®: Pedestal - BBF 206 S7P/1520FFF 700 Series®: Pedestal - FF 206 S7P/1520FPBBB 700 Series®: Pedestal - PBBB 206 S7P/1520FPBF 700 Series®: Pedestal - PBF 204 S7P/1520HBBB 700 Series®: Pedestal - BBB 220 S7P/1520HBF 700 Series®: Pedestal - BF 220 S7P/1520HPBBB 700 Series®: Pedestal - PBBB 220 S7P/1520HPBF 700 Series®: Pedestal - PBF 220 S7P/1520MBBB 700 Series®: Pedestal - BBB 204 S7P/1520MBF 700 Series®: Pedestal - BF 204 S7P/1520WBBBB 700 Series®: Pedestal - BBBB 232 S7P/1520WBBF 700 Series®: Pedestal - BBF 232 S7P/1520WFF 700 Series®: Pedestal - FF 232 S7P/1524MBFTP 700 Series®: Pedestal - BFTP 204 S7P/1715T Laminate Tops 242 S7P/CBW20 Counterbalance Weight 236 S7P/CBW36 Counterbalance Weight 236
S7P/CK Caster Kit 236 S7P/D12 Hanging Folder Partition 238 S7P/D6 6" Partition 238 S7P/GK Glide Kit 238 S7P/PENTRAY Pencil Tray 238 S7PE/1520HBFL1 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front:
Pedestal - BFL1 230 S7PE/1520HBFX 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Front: Pedestal
- BFX 226 S7PE/1524FBBFL1 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front:
Pedestal - BBFL1 218 S7PE/1524FBBFX 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Front: Pedestal
- BBFX 214 S7PE/1524FFFL1 700 Series® OF Extended Top Laminate Front:
Pedestal - FFL1 218 S7PE/1524FFFX 700 Series® OF Extended Top No Front: Pedestal
- FFX 214 S7PF/1520HBFW1 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Front: Pedestal -
BFW1 228 S7PF/1520HBFX 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Front: Pedestal - BFX 224 S7PF/1524FBBFW1 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Front: Pedestal -
BBFW1 216 S7PF/1524FBBFX 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Front: Pedestal - BBFX 212 S7PF/1524FFFW1 700 Series® OF Flush Top Wood Front: Pedestal -
FFW1 216 S7PF/1524FFFX 700 Series® OF Flush Top No Front: Pedestal - FFX 212 S7V/1518FB Folder Bars 250 S7V/15302DCF 700 Series® Letter Size Documents: 25-3/4" File,
2 High 246 S7V/15303DCF 700 Series® Letter Size Documents: 36-7/8" File,
3 High 246 S7V/15304DCF 700 Series® Letter Size Documents: 48" File, 4 High 246 S7V/15305DCF 700 Series® Letter Size Documents: 59-1/8" File,
5 High 246 S7V/15CF Compressor 250 S7V/18302DCF 700 Series® Legal Size Documents: 25-3/4" File,
2 High 248 S7V/18303DCF 700 Series® Legal Size Documents: 36-7/8" File,
3 High 248 S7V/18304DCF 700 Series® Legal Size Documents: 48" File, 4 High 248 S7V/18305DCF 700 Series® Legal Size Documents: 59-1/8" File,
5 High 248
KI1330 Bellevue StreetP.O. Box 8100Green Bay, Wisconsin 54308-81001-800-424-2432www.ki.com
KI and Furnishing Knowledge are registered trademarks of Krueger International, Inc.
© 2011 KI All Rights Reserved. Litho in USA. Code KI-11493R1/KI/VL/211
Printed using only water-based inks, including metallics. Please recycle.